JVC RX-7010-RBK, RX-7012-RSL Service manual

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

SERVICE MANUAL

AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROL RECEIVER

RX-7010RBK
RX-7012RSL

Area Suffix

CATV/DBS VCR TV AUDIO

DVD MUILTIDVD

CD

TAPE/CDR

TV/DBS VCR PHONO

TREBLE

BASS

++−−

ANALOG/DIGITAL

DSP

SURROUND

MODE INPUTON/OFF

+ CENTER –

BASS BOOST EFFECT

231

MENU

TEST + REAR•L –

564

ENTER

– REAR•R +

SOUND

897/P

– SUB WOOFER +

MUTING

0

RETURN FM MODE 100
CATV/DBS
CONTROL

CONTROL

+−+−+

CH TV VOL

TV/VIDEO

PLAY

+

/REW FF/

PAUS E

TUNING

−

REC

PTY SEARCH

PTY–

PAUSE

STOP

Y

DISPLA

RM-SRX7010R

A/V CONTROL RECEIVER

FM/AM

SLEEP

VOLUME

PTY+

CONTROL

E

EN

FM/AM TUNING

DIGITAL

SURROUND

SURROUND ON/OFF

DSP MODE

FM/AM PRESET FM MODE

DIGITAL

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

MEMORY

INPUT

BASS BOOST

SPEAKERS ON/OFF

12

+1010

+

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

−

PHONES

AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROL RECEIVER

DVD VCR

DVD MULTI

PHONO

CD TAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TV SOUND/DBS

SOURCE NAME

FM/AM

EON PTY SEARCH TA/NEWS/INFO DISPLAY MODE

ADJUST

SETTING

CONTROL

DOWN UP

MASTER VOLUME

COMPULINK

Remote

Continental Europe

Northern Europe

DIGITAL

As for RX-7012RSL the body is silver color

Contents

Safety precautions --------------------------------------------------------1-2
Disassembly method -----------------------------------------------------1-3
Adjustment method -------------------------------------------------------1-8
Description of major ICs -------------------------------------------------1-9 19

COPYRIGHT 2001 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LTD.

No.20938

Apr. 2001

http://getMANUAL.com

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

1. This design of this product contains special hardware and many circuits and components specially for safety
purposes. For continued protection, no changes should be made to the original design unless authorized in
writing by the manufacturer. Replacement parts must be identical to those used in the original circuits. Services
should be performed by qualified personnel only.

2. Alterations of the design or circuitry of the product should not be made. Any design alterations of the product
should not be made. Any design alterations or additions will void the manufacturer`s warranty and will further
relieve the manufacture of responsibility for personal injury or property damage resulting therefrom.

3. Many electrical and mechanical parts in the products have special safety-related characteristics. These

characteristics are often not evident from visual inspection nor can the protection afforded by them necessarily
be obtained by using replacement components rated for higher voltage, wattage, etc. Replacement parts which
have these special safety characteristics are identified in the Parts List of Service Manual. Electrical
components having such features are identified by shading on the schematics and by ( ) on the Parts List in
the Service Manual. The use of a substitute replacement which does not have the same safety characteristics
as the recommended replacement parts shown in the Parts List of Service Manual may create shock, fire, or
other hazards.

4. The leads in the products are routed and dressed with ties, clamps, tubings, barriers and the like to be
separated from live parts, high temperature parts, moving parts and/or sharp edges for the prevention of
electric shock and fire hazard. When service is required, the original lead routing and dress should be
observed, and it should be confirmed that they have been returned to normal, after re-assembling.

5. Leakage currnet check (Electrical shock hazard testing)
After re-assembling the product, always perform an isolation check on the exposed metal parts of the product
(antenna terminals, knobs, metal cabinet, screw heads, headphone jack, control shafts, etc.) to be sure the
product is safe to operate without danger of electrical shock.
Do not use a line isolation transformer during this check.

Plug the AC line cord directly into the AC outlet. Using a "Leakage Current Tester", measure the leakage
current from each exposed metal parts of the cabinet, particularly any exposed metal part having a return
path to the chassis, to a known good earth ground. Any leakage current must not exceed 0.5mA AC (r.m.s.).

Alternate check method
Plug the AC line cord directly into the AC outlet. Use an AC voltmeter having, 1,000 ohms per volt or more
sensitivity in the following manner. Connect a 1,500 10W resistor paralleled by a 0.15 F AC-type capacitor
between an exposed metal part and a known good earth ground.
Measure the AC voltage across the resistor with the AC
voltmeter.
Move the resistor connection to eachexposed metal part,
particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to
the chassis, and meausre the AC voltage across the resistor.
Now, reverse the plug in the AC outlet and repeat each
measurement. voltage measured Any must not exceed 0.75 V
AC (r.m.s.). This corresponds to 0.5 mA AC (r.m.s.).

0.15 F AC TYPE

1500 10W

Good earth ground

AC VOLTMETER
(Having 1000
ohms/volts,
or more sensitivity)

Place this
probe on
each exposed
metal part.

!

1. This equipment has been designed and manufactured to meet international safety standards.

2. It is the legal responsibility of the repairer to ensure that these safety standards are maintained.

3. Repairs must be made in accordance with the relevant safety standards.

4. It is essential that safety critical components are replaced by approved parts.

5. If mains voltage selector is provided, check setting for local voltage.

Burrs formed during molding may
be left over on some parts of the
chassis. Therefore, pay attention to
such burrs in the case of
preforming repair of this system.

In regard with component parts appearing on the silk-screen printed side (parts side) of the PWB diagrams, the
parts that are printed over with black such as the resistor ( ), diode ( ) and ICP ( ) or identified by the " "
mark nearby are critical for safety.
When replacing them, be sure to use the parts of the same type and rating as specified by the manufacturer.
(Except the JC version)

1-2

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Disassembly method

Removing the top cover (See Fig.1)

1.

Remove the four screws A attaching the top cover
on both sides of the body.

2.

Remove the three screws B on the back of the body.

3.

Remove the top cover from behind in the direction of
the arrow while pulling both sides outward.

Removing the front panel assembly

(See Fig.2 and 3)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover.

1.

Disconnect the card wire from connector CN402 on
the audio board and CN201 on the power supply
board in the front panel assembly.

2.

Cut off the tie band fixing the harness.

Tie band

Main

board

CN402

Top cover

A

2

A

B

2

C

Fig.1

Front panel assembly

C

CN201

Power supply

board

3.

Remove the three screws C attaching the front
panel assembly.

4.

Remove the four screws D attaching the front panel
assembly on the bottom of the body. Detach the front
panel assembly toward the front.

Removing the rear panel (See Fig.4)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover.

1.

Remove the power cord stopper from the rear panel
by moving it in the direction of the arrow.

2.

Remove the twenty seven screws E attaching the
each boards to the rear panel on the back of the
body.

3.
Remove the four screws F attaching the rear panel
on the back of the body.

Audio board

E

E

F

D

E

E

Rear panel

Fig.2

Front panel assembly

Fig.3

E

E

F

D

Cord stopper

E

F

F

Fig.4

1-3

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Removing each board connected to the
rear side of the audio board

(See Fig.5 to 8)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover and the rear panel.

1.

Cut off the tie band fixing the harness.

Audio

board

Tie band

Tie band

CN411
CN412

2.

Disconnect the DSP board from connector CN481 on
the audio board.

3.

Disconnect the audio input board, DVD board Video
board and the S video board from connector CN421,
CN431,CN441 and CN461 on the audio board.

4.

Disconnect the tuner board from connector CN411
and CN412 on the audio board.

DSP

board

CN481
CN421

Audio

input

board

CN431

DVD

board

CN481

Video
board

DSP board

CN441

S Video

board

Fig.5

Tie band

Tuner

board

CN461

CN421

Tie band

CN431

Fig.8

CN441

CN461

Tuner

board

CN411
CN412

Audio

input

board

CN421

Fig.6

DVD

board

CN431

Fig.7

Video
board

CN441

S Video

board

CN461

1-4

Removing the audio board (See Fig.9)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover and the rear panel.

1.

Disconnect the card wire from connector CN402 on
the audio board.

2.

Disconnect the relay board from the audio board and
the power supply board. (CN291,CN491)

3.

Disconnect the harness from connector CN473,
CN471, CN472, CN403 and CN385.

4.

Remove the three screws G attaching the audio
board assembly.

5.

Remove the screw H attaching the audio board
assembly.

CN473

G

CN402

G

Audio board

CN471

CN472

CN403

CN385

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Relay board

power
supply
board

CN291

Power
transformer

G

Fig.9

I

CN491

CN241

Power / Fuse

H

board

Removing the main board (See Fig.10)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover, the rear panel and audio board.

1.

Disconnect the harness from connector CN241 and
CN203 on the power supply board respectively.

2.

Remove the four screws I and the two screws J
attaching the main board.

3.

In case where the sub board is installed,detach it
after removing the connectors CN208,CN209 and
CN210 as well as the screw J'.

Removing the Heat sink
(See Fig.11 to 12)

1.

Remove the ten screws K and four screws L
attaching the heat sink.

2.

Remove the two screws L' attaching the heat sink
from the rear side of main board.

Main

board

I

J

J

CN203

I

I

J'

Fig.10

CN208
CN209
CN210

L'

Heat sink

L

K

Fig.11

K

K

L'

L

Main board

rear side

Fig.12

1-5

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Removing the power transformer

(See Fig.13)

Prior to performing the following procedures, remove
the top cover.

1.

Unsolder the two harnesses connected to the power
transformer.

2.

Disconnect the harness from connector CN251 and
unsolder the harnesses connected to FW201 on the
power transformer board.

3.

Remove the four screws M attaching the power
transformer.

Removing the power / fuse board

(See Fig.13)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover and the rear panel.

1.

Remove the screw N attaching the power / fuse
board.

Power
transformer
board

CN251

Solder

Power cord

Power
supply
board

FW201

Solder

M

Power
transformer

M

N

Solder

Power / fuse board

2.

Unsolder the power cord and other harnesses
connected to the power / fuse board.

Removing the power supply board

(See Fig.14 and 15)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover and the front panel.

1.

Remove the one nut attaching the headphone jack of
the power supply board on the front side of the body.

2.

Disconnect the harness connected to connector
CN241,CN201,CN203 and CN291 on the power
transformer board (If necessary, cut off the band
fixing the harness on the side of the base chassis).

3.

Remove the three screws O attaching the power
supply board and pull out the power supply board
from the front bracket backward.

Power
supply

board

CN201

O

CN241

Fig.13

Headphone jack

Nut

Fig.14

Headphone jack

O

4.

Unsolder the three harnesses connected to the
power supply board.

1-6

CN203

CN291

Hook

Solder

O

Tie band

Solder

Fig.15

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Removing the system control board /
power switch board (See Fig.16 to 18)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover and the front panel assembly.

1.

Pull out the volume knob on the front side of the front
panel and remove the nut attaching the system
control board.

2.

Remove the two screws P attaching the power
switch board.

3.

Disconnect the harness from connector CN714 on
the power switch board.

4.

Remove the six screws Q attaching the system
control board on the back of the front panel.

5.

On the back of the front panel, release the eight
joints by pushing the joint tabs inward.
Remove the operation switch panel toward the front.

6.

Release the two hook attaching the system control
board.

Operation switch panel

Fig.16

Q

Joint

Joint

Q

Nut

Joint

Front panel assembly

Volume knob

Power switch

board

Joint

P

Joint

Joint

Hook

Joint

Fig.17

System control board

Fig.18

Hook

Joint

CN714

1-7

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Adjustment method

Tuner section

1.Tuner range
FM 87.5MHz~108.0MHz
AM (MW) 522kHz~1629kHz
(LW) 144kHz~ 288kHz

Power amplifier section

Adjustment of idling current

Measurement location TP301(Lch) , TP302(Rch)

Adjustment part VR301(Lch) , VR302(Rch)

Attention
This adjustment does not obtain a correct adjustment value immediately after the amplifier is
used (state that an internal temperature has risen).
Please adjust immediately after using the amplifier after turning off the power supply of the
amplifier and falling an internal temperature.

<Adjustment method>

1.Set the volume control to minimum during this adjustment.(No signal & No load)

2.Set the surround mode OFF.

2.Turn VR301 and VR302 fully counterclockwise to warm up before adjustment.
If the heat sink is already warm from previous use the correct adjustment can not be made.

3.For L-ch,connect a DC voltmeter between TP301's B216 and B217 (Lch)
And,connect it between TP302's B218 and B219(Rch).

4.30 minutes later after power on, adjust VR301 for L-ch, or VR302 for R-ch so that the DC voltmeter
value has 1mV~10mV.

* It is not abnormal though the idling current might not become 0mA even if it is finished to turn variable
resistance (VR301,VR302) in the direction of counterclockwise.

TP302(Rch)

VR302 (Rch)

1-8

VR301 (Lch)

TP301(Lch)

Heat sink

Description of major ICs

SAA6588 (IC191) : RDS detector

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

1.Terminal Layout

NC

GND

SDA

SCL

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

MRO

OSCO

OSCI

VSSD

VDDD

DAVN

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

NC

CIN

SCOUT

Vref

MPX

VSSA

VDDA

NC

GND

NC

2.Pin Function

Pin
No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

MRO

NC

GND

OSCO

OSCI

VSSD

VDDD

DAVN

SDA

SCL

NC

GND

NC

VDDA

VSSA

MPX

Vref

SCOUT

CIN

NC

FunctionI/OSymbol

O

Multi-path rectifier output

-

Non connect

I

Test control input pin

O

Oscillator output

I

Oscillator input

-

Digital ground (0V)

-

Digital power supply (5V)

O

Data available output (active LOW)

I/O

IC-bus serial data I/O

I

IC-bus serial clock input

-

Non connect

-

Connect to ground

-

Non connect

-

Analog power supply (5V)

Connect to ground

-

Multiplex input signal

I

Reference voltage output

O

Band-pass filter output

O

Comparator output

O

Level input

I

3.Block Diagram

16

MPX

13

AFIN

LVIN

20

VDDA

14

8th ORDER

BAND-PASS

DETECTOR

AND RESET

VSSA

SCOUT

57 kHz

PAUSE

POWER
SUPPLY

15

18

17
Vref

19

CLOCK

COMPARATOR

MULTI-PATH

DETECTOR

TEST

CONTROL

3

TCON

RDS/RDBS

DEMODULATOR

SIGNAL QUALITY

DETECTOR

OSCILLATOR

AND CLOCK

1

MRO

OSCI OSCO

VDDDCIN

7

DAVN

12

MAD

11

10

8

2

9

PSWN

MPTH

SDA

SCL

RDS/RDBS

DECODER

INTERFACE

REGISTER

IC-BUS SLAVE

TRANSCEIVER

5

4

6

VSSD

1-9

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

AK4527B (IC601) : A/D,D/A converter

1.Pin layout

LOOP1

LOOP0/SDA/CDTI

DIF1/SCL/CCLK

DIF0/CSN

P/S

MCLK

DZF1

AVSS

AVDD

VREFH

VCOM

SDOS
I2C
SMUTE
BICK
LRCK
SDTI1
SDTI2
SDTI3
SDTO
DAUX
DFS

2. Pin function (1/2)

No.
1

2

3

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

12

13

14
15
16
17

18

Pin name
SDOS

I2C

SMUTE

BICK
LRCK
SDTI1
SDTI2
SDTI3
SDTO
DAUX
DFS

NC

DZEF

TVDD
DVDD
DVSS
PDN

TST

4443424140393837363534

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

I/O

I

SDTO Source Select Pin (Note 1)

AK4527BVQ

Top View

1213141516171819202122

NC

DZFE

TVDD

DVDD

DVSS

PDN

TSTNCADIF

Function

CAD1

CAD0

33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23

DZF2/OVF
RIN+
RIN­LIN+
LIN­ROUT1
LOUT1
ROUT2
LOUT2
ROUT3
LOUT3

"L" : Internal ADC output, "H" : DAUX input

I

Control Mode Select Pin
"L" : 3-wire Serial, "H" : I

I

Soft Mute Pin (Note 1)

2

C Bus

When this pin goes to "H", soft mute cycle is initialized.
When returning to "L", the output mute releases.

I

Audio Serial Data Clock Pin

I/O

Input Channel Clock Pin

I

DAC1 Audio Serial Data Input Pin

I

DAC2 Audio Serial Data Input Pin

I

DAC3 Audio Serial Data Input Pin

O

Audio Serial Data Output Pin

I

Sub Audio Serial Data Input Pin

I

Double Speed Sampling Mode Pin (Note 1)
"L" : Normal Speed, "H" : Double Speed

-

No Connect
No internal bonding.

I

Zero Input Detect Enable Pin
"L" : mode 7 (disable) at parallel mode,
zero detect mode is selectable by DZFM2-0 bits at serial mode.
"H" : mode 0 (DZF is AND of all six channels)

-

Output Buffer Power supply Pin, 2.7V~5.5V

-

Digital Power Supply Pin, 4.5V~5.5V

-

De-emphasis Pin, 0V

I

Power-Down & Reset Pin
When "L", the AK4527B is powered-down and the control registers are reset to default
state. If the state of P/S or CAD0-1 changes, then the AK4527B must be reset by PDN.

I

Test Pin
This pin should be connected to DVSS.

AK4527(1/2)

1-10

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

g

Pin function (2/2)

No.

Pin name

19

NC

20

ADIF

21

CAD1

22

CAD0

23

LOUT3

24

ROUT3

25

LOUT2

26

ROUT2

27

LOUT1

28

ROUT1

29

LIN-

30

LIN+

31

RIN-

32

RIN+

33

DZF2

OVF

34

VCOM

35

VREFH

36

AVDD

37

AVSS

38

DZF1

39

MCLK

40

P/S

41

DIF0
CSN

42

DIF1
SCL/CCLK

43

LOOP0

SAD/CDTI

44

LOOP1

I/O

No Connect

­ No internal bonding.
Analog Input Format Select Pin

I

"H" : Full-differential input, "L" : Single-ended input
Chip Address 1 Pin

I

Chip Address 0 Pin

I

DAC3 Lch Analog Output Pin

O

DAC3 Rch Analog Output Pin

O

DAC2 Lch Analog Output Pin

O

DAC2 Rch Analog Output Pin

O

DAC1 Lch Analog Output Pin

O

DAC1 Rch Analog Output Pin

O

Lch Analog Negative Input Pin

I

Lch Analog Positive Input Pin

I

Rch Analog Negative Input Pin

I

Rch Analog Positive Input Pin

I

Zero Input Detect 2 Pin (Note 2)

O

When the input data of the group 1 follow total 8192LRCK cycles with "0" input data,
this pin goes to "H".
Analog Input Overflow Detect Pin (Note 3)

O

This pin goes to "H" if the analog input of Lch or Rch is overflows.
Common Voltage Output Pin,AVDD/2

O

Large external capacitor around 2.2uF is used to reduce power-supply noise.
Positive Voltage Reference Input Pin,AVDD

I

Analog Power Supply Pin,4.5V~5.5V

­Analog Ground Pin,0V

­Zero Input Detect 1 Pin (Note 2)

O

When the input data of the group 1 follow total 8192 LRCK cycles with "0" input data,
this pin goes to "H".
Master Clock Input Pin

I

Parallel / Serial Select Pin

I

"L" : Serial control mode, "H" : Parallel control mode
Audio Data Interface Format 0 Pin in parallel mode

I

Chip select pin in 3-wire serial control mode

I

This pin should be connected to DVDD at I2C bus control mode
Audio Data Interface Format 1 Pin in parallel mode

I

Control Data Clock Pin in serial control mode

I

I2C = "L" : CCLK(3-wire Serial), I2C = "H" : SCL(I2CBus)
Loopback Mode 0 Pin in parallel control mode

I

Enables digital loop-back from ADC to 3 DACs.
Control Data Input Pin in serial control mode

I/O

I2C = "L" : CDTI(3-wire Serial), I2C = "H" : SDA(I2CBus)
Loopback Mode 1 Pin (Note 1)

I

Enable all 3 DAC channels to be input from SDTII.

Function

AK4527(1/2)

Notes : 1. SDOS, SMUTE, DFS, and LOOP1 pins are ORed with register data if P/S = "L".

2. The group 1 and 2 can be selected by DZFM2-0 bit if P/S = "L" and DZFME = "L".

3. This pin becomes OVF pin if OVFE bit is set to "1" at serial control mode.

4. All input pins should not be left floatin

.

1-11

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

TC9164AN (IC402) : Analog switch

1.Function

Switch to On/Off of S1 to S8 by control of LSI.

2.Terminal Lay out & Block Diagram

TC9164AN

VSS

L-S1

S-2

S-3

S-4

COM-1

S-5

S-6

COM-2

S-7

S-8

COM3

GND

ST

1

2

3

4

SHIFT

5

RESISTOR

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

&

LATCH

SHIFT RESISTOR

SHIFT

RESISTOR

&

LATCH

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

VDD

R-S1

S-2

S-3

S-4

COM-1

S-5

S-6

COM-2

S-7

S-8

COM3

DATA

CK

NJM2246D (IC501,IC551,IC552) : Video switch

GND

8

Vout

7

V+

6

5

Vin3

1

Vin1

6dB

AMP.

2

CTL1

3

Vin2

BIAS

4

CTL2

Control input - output signal

CTL 1

L

H

L/H

CTL 2

L

L

H

Output

VIN 1

VIN 2

VIN 3

1-12

W24L010AJ-12 (IC641) : CMOS SRAM

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Block diagram

A16

A14

A12

A4

A3

A2

A7

A6

A5

A9

I/O 1

I/O8

WE

CS1
CS2

R
O

W

D
E
C
O
D
E
R

DATA

CNTRL.

CLK

GEN.

PRECHARGE CKT.CLK GEN.

CORE CELL ARRAY

7024 ROWS

728x8 COLUMN5

I/O CKT

COLUMN DECODER

A15 A13 A8 A1 A0 A11 A10

Pin layout

NC
A16
A14
A12

A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1

A0
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3

Vss

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17

VDD
A15
CS2
WE
A13
A8
A9
A11
OE
A10
CS2
I/O8
I/O7
I/O6
I/O5
I/O4

OE

PQ3DZ53 (IC681) : Regulator IC

DC INPUT(Vin)

1

CUSTOM IC

5

GND

RN5RZ33BA (IC683) : Voltage regurator

2

VDD

-

+

3

DC OUTPUT(Vo)

ON/OFF CONTROL(Vc)

2

VOUT

3

CE

Vref

GND

Current Limit

5

1

1-13

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

M62446FP (IC428) : 6CH master volume

1.Block Diagram

OUT4

OUT3

OUT2

OUT1

AVDD

SWIN

GNDS

SRin

SLin

GNDC

Cin

GNDR

Rin

GNDL

Lin

BYPASSR

BYPASSL

LTRE

LBASS3

LBASS2

LBASS1

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

OUT­PUT
PORT

tone

volume

volume

volume

volume

volume

volume

MCU

I/F

tone

42

41

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32

31

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

DVDD

CLK

D ATA

LATCH

DGND

AGND

SWout

SRout

SLout

Cout

Rout

Lout

AVSS

CL1

CL2

CR1

CR2

RTRE

RBASS3

RBASS2

RBASS1

1-14

2.Pin Function

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Pin No.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15

16,17

18

19~21

22

23,24

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42

Symbol I/O Descriptions

SURROUND

BASS BOOST

INPUT-ATT

MUTING

AVDD
SWIN

A.GND

RR IN
RL IN

A.GND

C IN

A.GND

R IN

A.GND

L IN

BYPASSR,L

LTRE

LBASS3~1

CR2

RBASS2,4

RTRE

RBASS1

CR1

CL2
CL1

AVSS

L OUT
R OUT
C OUT

RL OUT

RR OUT

SW OUT

A.GND
D.GND

VOL STB

VOL DATA

VOL CLK

DVDD

O
O
O
O

­I

­I
I

­I

­I

­I

-

-

-

O

-

-

­I

O

I

­O
O
O
O
O
O

-

-

I
I
I

-

SURROUND control terminal
BASS BOOST control terminal
Input attenuator control terminal
MUTING control terminal
Analog positive power supply terminal
SUB Woofer volume signal input terminal
Analog ground terminal
R ch volume signal input terminal for rear speaker
L ch volume signal input terminal for rear speaker
Analog ground terminal
Center volume signal input terminal
Analog ground terminal
R ch volume signal input terminal
Analog ground terminal
L ch volume signal input terminal
Non connect
Frequency adjustment terminal tone/treble
Frequency adjustment terminal tone/bass
Tone output terminal
Frequency adjustment terminal tone/bass
Frequency adjustment terminal tone/treble
Frequency adjustment terminal tone/bass
L/R volume input terminal
Tone output terminal
L/R volume input terminal
Analog negative power supply terminal
L ch output
R ch output
Center volume signal output terminal
L ch volume signal output terminal for rear speaker
R ch volume signal output terminal for rear speaker
SUB Woofer volume signal output terminal
Analog ground terminal
Digital ground terminal
Latch input terminal
Volume data input terminal
Clock input terminal for data transfer
Digital power supply terminal

1-15

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

MN101C35DHK1 (IC701) : System controller

100 76

1

75

Pin function (1/2)

Pin No.

1
2

TXD/SB00/P00

RXD/SBI0/P01
3
4
5
6
7

BUZZER/P06

8

9,10

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

RNOUT/TM0I0/P10
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

SENS/IRQ1/P21
35
36
37
38
39
40

25

Symbol

SBT0/P02
SB01/P03

SBI1/P04

SBT1/P05

VDD

OSC1,2

VSS

XI

X0

MMOD

VREF­AN0/PA0
AN1/PA1
AN2/PA2
AN3/PA3
AN4/PA4
AN5/PA5
AN5/PA5
AN5/PA5

VREF+

P07

RST /P27

TM1I0/P11
TM2I0/P12
TM3I0/P13
TM4I0/P14

P15

IRQ0/P20

IRQ2/P22
IRQ3/P23
IRQ4/P24

P25

SB02/P30

SBI2/P31

26 50

51

I/O

I
I

I/O

O
O

I
I

-

I/O

­I

O

I

­I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

­I
I

O

I

O

I

O

I/O

I
I
I
I
I
I

O

I

Function

VOL.JOG IN_1
VOL.JOG IN_2
DATA (PLL)
CLK (PLL)
CE (PLL)
VIDEO S/C DVD
VIDEO S/C VCR
Power supply +5V
OSC (8MHz)
GND
GND
OPEN
GND
GND
KEY INPUT 1 (7KEY)
KEY INPUT 2 (7KEY)
KEY INPUT 3 (7KEY)
KEY INPUT 4 (7KEY)
KEY INPUT 5 (7KEY)
INH IN
CHIP SELECT 1
CHIP SELECT 2
Power supply +5V
VIDEO S/C DBS
RESET INPUT
RDS CLK OUT (RDS)
DCS INPUT
DCS OUTPUT
AVLINK VCR IN
AVLINK VCR OUT
RDS DATA (RDS)
PROTECTOR IN
REMOCON INPUT
TUNED IN (TUNER)
STEREO IN (TUNER)
RDS DAVN (RDS)
SELF CHECK INPUT
COMMAND (DSP)
STATUS (DSP)

1-16

Pin function (2/2)

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Pin No.

41
42
43
44
45
46
47

48
49 64
65 80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

Symbol

SBT2/P32

P50
P51
P52
P53

P54
DGT17/P67
DGT16/P66

G16 G1

P87 P90
SEG24/PC2
SEG25/PC1
SEG26/PC0

SEG27/PB7
SEG28/PB6
SEG29/PB5
SEG30/PB4
SEG31/PB3
SEG32/PB2
SEG33/PB1

SEG34/PB0
SEG35/PD7
SEG36/PD6
SEG37/PD5
SEG38/PD4
SEG39/PD3
SEG40/PD2
SEG41/PD1
SEG42/PD0

VPP

I/O

O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

­O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O

Function

CLK (DSP)
READY (DSP)
RESET (DSP)
RELAY S
RELAY C
RELAY L/R 1
RELAY L/R 2
RELAY HEADPHONE
FL GRID SIGNAL CONTROL OUT
FL SEGMENT SIGNAL CONTROL OUT
No Connect
No Connect
No Connect
No Connect
No Connect
No Connect
No Connect
No Connect
SOUSE MUTE
SUBWOOFER MUTE
TUNER MUTE
POWER ON (STANDBY)
SURROUND
DATA (A.SW)
CLK (A.SW)
STB (A.SW)
LATCH (VOL)
DATA (VOL)
CLK (VOL)
VPP

1-17

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

TC9446F-014 (IC631) : Digital signal processor for dolby digital (AC-3)

/ MPEG2 audio decode

Pin No. Symbol I/O Function

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8~11

12
13
14
15

16~18

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

27,28

29~31

32,33

34
35
36
37

38,39

40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53

54~61

62

63~70

71

72~80

81

82~89

90
91

92,93

94
95
96
97

98,99

100

RST
MIMD
MICS

MILP

MIDIO

MICK

MIACK

FI0~3

IRQ

VSS

LRCKA

BCKA

SDO0~2

SD03

LRCKB

BCKB

SDT0
SDT1

VDD

LRCKOA

BCKOA

TEST0,1

LRCKOB,BCKOB,TXO

TEST2,3

RX

VSS

TSTSUB0

FCONT

TSTSUB1,TSTSUB2

PDO
VDDA
PLON

AMPI

AMPO

CKI

VSSA

CKO
LOCK

VSS

WR
OE
CE

VDD
IO7~0

VSS

AD0~7

VDD

AD8~16

VSS

PO0~7

VDDDL

LPFO

DLON,DLCKS

SCKO

VSSDL

SCKI

VSSX
XO,XI

VDDX

Reset signal input terminal (L:reset H:Operation usually)

I

Microcomputer interface mode selection input terminal (L:serial H:IC bus)

I

Microcomputer interface chip select input terminal

I

Microcomputer interface latch pulse input

I

Microcomputer interface data I/O terminal

I/O

Microcomputer interface clock input terminal

I

Microcomputer interface acknowledge output terminal

O

Flag input terminal 0~3

I

Interrupt input terminal

I

Digital ground terminal

­Audio interface LR clock input terminal A

I

Audio interface bit clock input terminal A

I

Audio interface data output terminal 0

O

Non connect

­Audio interface LR clock input terminal B

I

Audio interface bit clock input terminal B

I

Audio interface data input terminal 0

I

Audio interface data input terminal 1

I

Power supply for digital circuit

­Audio interface LR clock output terminal A

O

Audio interface bit clock output terminal A

O

Test input terminal 0/1 (L:test H:operation usually)

I

Non connect

­Test input terminal (L:test H:operation usually)

I

SPDIF input terminal

I

Ground terminal for digital circuit

­Test sub input terminal 0 (L:test H:operation usually)

I

VCO Frequency control output terminal

O

Test sub input terminal 1,2 (L:test H:operation usually)

I

Phase error signal output terminal

O

Power supply for analog circuit

­Clock selection input terminal (L:external clock H:VCO clock)

I

AMP.input terminal for LPF

I

AMP.output terminal for LPF

O

External clock input terminal

I

Ground terminal for analog circuit

­DIR Clock output terminal

O

VCO Lock detection output terminal

O

Ground terminal for digital circuit

­External SRAM writing signal output terminal

O

External SRAM output enable signal output terminal

O

External SRAM chip enable signal output terminal

O

Power supply terminal for digital circuit

­External SRAM data I/O terminal 7~0

I/O

Ground terminal for digital circuit

­External SRAM address output terminal 0~7

O

Power supply terminal for digital circuit

­External SRAM address output terminal 8~16

O

Ground terminal for digital circuit

­General purpose output terminal 0~7

O

Power supply terminal for DLL

­LPF output terminal for DLL

O

Refer to the undermentioned table

I

Non connect

­Ground terminal for DLL

­External system clock input terminal

I

Ground termonal for oscillation circuit

­Oscillation I/O terminal

I/O

Power supply terminal for oscillation circuit

-

1-18

DLCKS terminal

L

L
H
H

DLONterminal

L
H
L
H

DLL clock setting
SCKI input (DLL circuit OFF)
Four times XI clock
Three times XI clock
Six times XI clock

UPD784215AGC103 (IC671) : UNIT CPU

1.Pin layout

75 ~ 51

76

~

50

~

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

100

1 ~ 25

26

2.Pin function

Pin No. Symbol I/O Function

1~8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

25~32

33

34,35

36

37,38

39
40
41
42
43
44

45,46

47
48
49
50

51,52

53

54~63

64,65

66
67
68

69,70

71
72

73~80

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89

90~93

94

95~100

VDD

X2
X1

VSS

XT2
XT1

RESET

AUTODATA

LOCK

DIGITAL0

FORMAT

CHANNEL

ERR

RSTDET

AVDD

AVREF0

AVSS

AV REF1

RX,TX

DSPCOM

DSPSTS
DSPCLK

DSPRDY

MIDIO_IN/OUT

MICK
MICS

MILP

MIACK

DSPRST

CDTI/CDTO

CCLK

CS

XTS

PD

GND

VDD
3D-ON
3D-ON

ANA/T-TONE

REF-MIX

D.MUTE
S.MUTE

ASW1~4

TEST

Non connect

­Power supply terminal

­Connecting the crystal oscillator for system main clock

O

Connecting the crystal oscillator for system main clock

I

Connect to GND

­Connecting the crystal oscillator for system sub clock

O

Connecting the crystal oscillator for system sub clock

I

System reset signal input

I

Output of DSP to general-purpose port

I

Output of DSP to general-purpose port

I

Output of DSP to general-purpose port

I

Output of DSP to general-purpose port

I

Output of DSP to general-purpose port

I

Output of DSP to general-purpose port

I

Reset signal input

I

Power supply terminal

­Connect to GND

­Connect to GND

­Connect to GND

­Non connect

­Power supply terminal

­Not use

­Non connect

­Communication port from IC701

I

Status communication port to IC701

O

Clock input from IC701

I

Ready signal input from IC701

I

Non connect

­Interface I/O terminal with microcomputer

I/O

Interface I/O terminal with microcomputer of clock signal

O

Interface I/O terminal with microcomputer of chip select

O

Interface I/O termonal with microcomputer

O

Interface I/O termonal with microcomputer

O

Non connect

­Reset signal output of DSP

O

Non connect

­Interface I/O terminal with microcomputer

I/O

Interface I/O terminal with microcomputer of clock signal

O

Interface I/O terminal with microcomputer of chip select

O

OSC Select

O

Non connect

­Reset signal output

O

Connect to GND

­Non connect

­Power supply

­Non connect

­Switch at output destination of surround channel

O

Test tone control

O

Control at output destination of LFE channel

O

Non connect

­Mute of the digital out terminal is controlled

O

Mute of the audio signal is controlled

O

Non connect

­Selection of digital input selector

O

Test terminal

­Non connect

-

1-19

Block diagram

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

IC191

CN112

FM

TUNER

RF101

5

AM

MW RF&OSC

T111

PHONO

CD

AM/FM DET

IC102

PLL

IC121

EQ

IC401

SENTER/SUBWOOFER

CN111

TUNER

DVD

TAPE P.B.

TAPE REC.

4

VCR P.B.

SOURCE SELECTOR

IC421

VCR REC.

TV SOUND

DVD

DVD

DVD REAR

SUB

WOOFER

TUNER

PLL CLK, PLL DATA, PLLCE,

IC421

CN401

CN411

SIGNAL

VCR OUT

CN421

CN412

CN451

CN431

CN481

DVD

VCR P.B.

TV/DBS

VCR REC

MONITOR

COMPU

LINK

SELECTOR

IC423

SELECTOR

IC501

CN501

CN441

6CH MASTER

VOLUME

IC428

CN402

CN551

CN461

IC421
IC422

CN403

SELECTOR

IC551
IC552

REAR

CN473CN472CN471

CENTER

FRONT

CN373

CN372CN371CN311

DVD

TV/DBS

VCR P.B.

MONITOR

VCR REC

RY301

SPK2

Lch
Rch

CN681

COAXIAL

3

IN

OPTICAL

IN

OPTICAL

IN

SW

IC621

DSP

IC631

OPTICAL

IN

SDRAM

IC641

2

OPTICAL

OUT

1

DSP STATUS, DSP L, DSP COMMAND,

DSP

CONTROLLER

IC671

SELECTOR

IC611

KEY

SYSTEM CONTROLLER

AD/DA CONVERTER

IC681

PLL CLK, PLL DATA, PLLCE,

CN702

IC701

VOLCLK, VOLDATA, VOL LATCH

DSP CLK, DSP STATUS, DSP READY, DSP RESET,

RY HP, RY LR1

RY LR2, RY C

CN703

CN701

AUDIO

AMP.

Lch

Rch

Cch

RLch

RRch

Q315
Q317

Q315
Q317

Q315
Q317

Q315
Q317

Q315
Q317

CN301CN302CN901CN801CN802

CN312

CN321

CN331

CN332

FW341

CN241

FW301

FW302

FW301

FW302

RY302

RY303

RY304

FW303

CN203

SPK1

Lch
Rch

SPEAKER

TERMINAL

Cch

RLch
RRch

HP

RY203

FW251

CN201

Q206~Q209

FW251

FL DISPLAY

D1701

AB CD E F G

2-1

Standard schematic diagrams

Power supply section

5

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

D206

1SR35-400A

D208

1SR35-400A

PW311

PW302

C208

0.0047/100

D207

C209

470/25

T202
QQT0281-002

1SR35-400A

D209

1SR35-400A

F205

T100mAL

R221

10

10

R203

D210

1SS133

C210

R204
820

C212
470/16

PW203

PW204

PW205

0.0047

RY202

Q203

KTC3203/OY/

D221

1SS133

MTZ6.8JC

D211

Q202
KRC105M

D212
1SR139

PW101

PW102

PW103

PW104

PW105

C213

2200/6.3

T2.5AL

EP1

F201

TA201

TA202

EP201

SHEET
NUMBER

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

1 / 8 POWER SUPPLY

2 / 8 SPEAKER TERMINAL

3 / 8 AUDIO AMP

4 / 8 VOLUME / REGULATOR / SOURCE SELECT IC

5 / 8 AUDIO VIDEO SIGNAL INPUT TERMINAL

6 / 8 SURROUND IC / DIGITAL SIGNAL INPUT TERMINAL

7 / 8 USER CONTROL KEY / SYSTEM CONTROL LSI / FL DISPLAY

8 / 8 TUNER

Parts are safety assurance parts.
When replacing those parts make
sure to use the specified.

114

112

CN251

T2AL

T2AL

R201

F202

F203

4.7

4

CN201

RY_HP

RY_LR2

RY_LR1

RY_C

RY_S

PROTECTOR_IN

POWER

Sheet 7/8

RY_SURROUND

FW201

FW201

110

111

113

121

120

122

130

131

014

010

3

D202

1SR35-400A

D201

D219

D220

CN291

CN492 CN292

2

1SR1391SR139

R209

100K

KTC3200/GL

1/50

C218 D217

MTZ6.2JC

0.047

10

C207C206

0.047

Q205

R208

10E2-FD

D203

10E2-FD

C204 C205

2200/35 1000/35

C201

0.1

C203C202

0.10.1

D204

1SR35-400A

CN241

PROTECTOR_IN

Sheet 2/8

1

RY_HP

KRC105M

68

1SS133

D218

Q210

R210

RY203

QSK0109-001

FW251

FW251

R1331

R1332

Q209

RY_S

KRC105M

Q208

RY_LR2

KRC105M

Q207

RY_LR1

CN203

Q206

KRC105M

Sheet 2/8

RY_C

330P

470

C1332

470

C1331

330P

J1331

KRC105M

SHEET 1/8

2-2

HAB C DE FG

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Audio & Speaker terminal section

Sheet 1/8

CN351

0.1/160
C1301

C1303

5.6K

C1302

D1301

0.01/500

D1304

0.01/500

C1304

6800/63 6800/63

C1305

D1303

R1304

R1305

R1306

R1307

R1308

R1321

2.2

R1313

C1308

47/50

100K

100K

82K

100K

100K

10

R1314

10K

MTZ20JC

10K

R1320

KTA1046/Y/

D1309

Q1301

C1309

10/25

Q1305

2SD2061/EF/

Q1308
2SC2235/OY/

D1310

MTZ18JC

R1302

5.6K

D1306

MTZ30JC

R1311
100K

Q1303

1SS133

10

R1303

D1308

R1312
100K

R1309

10K

C1311
22/50

Q1302

KTC3200/GL/

R1310

10K

KTC3199/GL/KTA1268/GL/

C1310

47/16

Q1304

R1315

2.2

R1316

1K

KTC3200/GL/

Q1307

1SS133

D1307

Q1306

KTA1023/OY/

R1317
22K

R1319

CN385

FW302

FW301

FW341

FW485
(LVA10211-1)
Sheet 4/8

Sheet 1/8

FW303

FW302

FW301

RY304

QQLZ005-R45

L1351

QQLZ005-R45

L1352

R1353

RY303

QSK0109-001QSK0109-001

C1355

4.7K

R1373

R1361

4.7K

R1372

0.022

R1368

10

R1369

10

C1357

0.022

C1377

0.01

C1359

0.01

R1371

C1352

4.7/50

Q1356

KRC109M

Q1358

C1365

0.047

2.7

C1369

0.022

2.7

R1374

2.7

0.022

C1373

R1370

C1361

0.022

10

10

0.022

C1363

C1366

220P

C1370

220P

C1374

220P

68

QSK109-001

RY301

RY302

QSK109-001

Q1351

KRC109M

R1359

4.7K

Q1352

KRC109M

68

68

R1354

R1364

22K

D1359

R1365

6.8K

1SS133

D1353

D1354

1SS133

4.7/50

R1351

D1351

1SS133

C1378

0.01

C1360

R1355

3.9K

Q1354

KRC109M

R1366
R1367

R1358

22K

0.01

R1357

22K

D1356

MTZ5.1JC

6.8K

Q1355

D1360

C1354

6.8K

4.7/50

QQLZ005-R45

L1353

QQLZ005-R45

L1354

QLZ005-R45

L1355

D1352

R1352

68

1SS133

R1356

4.7K
D1355

1SS133

C1351

4.7/50

R1360

4.7K

D1357

1SS133

D1358

1SS133

Q1353

KRC109M KRC109M

R1362

4.7K

KRC109M KRC109M

Q1357

C1353

R1363

C1356

C1358

C1362

220P

1000P

C1375

220P

C1364

C1368

220P

220P

C1367

C1371

220P

220P

220P

ST302
QNB0001-001

ST301
QNB0104-001

ST303
QNB0101-001

220P

C1372

220P

C1376

Sheet 1/8

SURROUND signal

FRONT signal

R1318

22K

47K

CENTER signal

Parts are safety assurance parts.
When replacing those parts make
sure to use the specified.

5

D1302

CN321

R1301

MTZ22J

C1306

D1305

47/25

4

CN311

CN312

3

CN331

CN332

2

CN373

CN372

Sheet 4/8 Sheet 3/8

CN371

1

AB CD E F G

SHEET 2/8

2-3

Audio amplirier section

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

5

R321

10

TH301

QAD0012-202

Q309

QAD0012-202

R322

10

2SD637/QR/

D306

1SS133

D305
1SS133

2SD637/QR/

C307

0.0015

R307

3.3k

D301

1SS133

C305
220P

C301
10/50

R301

Q301

C304

R302

2.2K 10/50

C302

C303
270P

2.2K

R303
56k

R304

56k270P

Q302

2SC2240/L/

C306

220P

D302
1SS133

R308

3.3k

4

3

2SC2240/L/

C310

100/25

R312

390

Q304

2SC2240/L/

R305
12K

C316

R310

22P

100

C308

0.0015

Q303

100

2SC2240/L/

R314
56k

C312

10P

R309

R320R306

C315

R316

22P

C311

C309

100/25

33012K

R311
390

330

R313

C319

100/63

R315

C317

330

47/35

Q305
KTA1268/GL

C313

0.01MY10P

KTC3200/GL

Q307

C318
47/35

47K

SLR-342MC

D304

R318

D303

SLR-342MC

C320

R317

47K

R326

R328

VR302

100/63

56k

R319

330

Q308

KTC3200/GL 10

C314

0.01MY

Q306

KTA1268/GL

R329

VR301

1K

470

R327
470

R325
360

10

R323

R324

10

360

470

R330

Q310

TH302

4701K

C321

47P

10

R331

R339

180

R335
120

R337

0.22

120

R341

180

2SB1560/OPY/-F6

10

Q317

R333 C327

47P

C323

2SB1560/OPY/-F6

47P

Q318

R342

180

R338

120

R336

120

R340

2SD2390/OPY/-F6

Q316

180

C322

47P

KTC3200/GL

Q313
KTA1268/GL

D307

1SS133

10

R334

D308

1SS133

Q314

KTA1268/GL

Q312
KTC3200/GL

10

R332

Q311

C324

2

2SD2390/OPY/-F6

Q315

R343

D310

1SS133

R346

1K

R344

0.22

KTA1268/GL

R345

1K

D309

1SS133

Q320

TP302

TP301

KTA1268/GL

R348

15K

R347

C819

10/100

330

Q805

R815

C817

2.2/50

C807

R807

R805
18k

2SC2240/L/

1SS133

56K

R804

R809

100

3k

Q803

2SC2240/L/

2.2/50

0.0015

D802

C806

220P

KTA1268/GL

33P

R811

390

C809
100/25

R816

330

C818

C808

Q802

R806

2SC2240/L/

C815

0.01MY

R813

56k

C811

10P

2SC2240/L/

18K

R349

47k

Q319

33

R351

L301

R353

0.45
10

C325

15K

0.047MY

0.047MY

C328

0.047MY

C326

0.047MY

RE354

L302

0.45

33

R352

R350

47k

CN302

CN301

Sheet 2/8

C803

R801

270P

0.0015

D801

1SS133

C801

220P

10/50

R803

C805

Q801

56k

10/100

C820

2.2K

Sheet 2/8

C802
10/50

R802

2.2K

C804
270P

R810
100

Q804

R808
3K

10

R829

C813

R855

3.3k

R857

3.3k

47/50

C829

R859

3.3k

R861

3.3k

Q806

KTA1268/GL

C816

C814

0.01MY

R814

56K

10P
C812

R812
390

C810
100/25

R821

470

300

33P

R856

3.3K

R858

47/50

C830

R860

R862

TH801

QAD0012-202

R827

Q809

360
R825

10

R823

R830

470

3.3K

3.3K

3.3K

10

D805

1SS133

KTC3200/GL

Q811

Q813

2SD637/QR/

D807

1SS133

R833

10
R822

TH802

QAD0012-202

R828

300360

R826

C821

R831

180

R835

R837

180

KTA1268/GL

10

1SS133

Q810

2SD637/QR/

10

R824

2SD2390/OPY/-F6

47P

Q815

R839

180

0.22

R841
180

2SB1560/OPY/-F6

Q817

C823

47P

10

R832

D806

KTC3200/GL

Q812

180

Q814

KTA1268/GL

D808
1SS133

R834

10

R836

R838

C822

47P

R840
180

180

C824

R843

R845

1K

2SD2390/OPY/-F6

Q816

R844

0.22

R842
180

2SB1560/OPY/-F6

Q818

47P

D809
1SS133

R847

18K

R846

Q819

1K

R849

12K

KTA1268/GL

33

R851

L801

0.45
R853

C825

0.047MY

C827

0.047MY

Q820

D810

1SS133

R848 C828

10

R850

12K

KTA1268/GL

33

R852

L802

0.45

R854

C826

0.047MY

18K 0.047MY

CN801

Sheet 2/8Sheet 2/8

CN802

10

C919

C917

R913

56k

C911

10P

R911

300

C909

100/25

Q905

KTA1268/GL

C915

33P

R955

3.3k

R957

3.3k

C929

47/50

R961

3.3k

R923

10/100

R921
10

C913

R927

0.01

R959

3.3k

10

R925

300

360

TH901
QAD0012-202

R929
470

1SS133

Q909

D905

2SD637/QR/

D907

1SS133

C907

0.0015

C905

3k

2SC2240/L/

R905
18k

R915

330

100

R909

2.2/50

Q903

2SC2240/L/

R901

2.2K

270P

10/50

C901

R907

D901

1SS133

220P

Q901

R903C903

56k

1

R931

10

Q911

KTC3200/GL

Q913

KTA1268/GL

R933

10

C921
47P

R935
180

R937
180

C923

Q915
2SD2390/OPY/-F6

R939

180

R943

0.22

R941

180

47P

R945

Q917

2SB1560/OPY/-F6

1K

Q919

D909
1SS133

R947

18K

KTA1268/GL

L901

0.45

0.047MY

0.047MY

R949

47k

33

R951

10

R953

C925

C927

CN901

Sheet 2/8

SURROUND signal

FRONT signal
CENTER signal

Parts are safety assurance parts.
When replacing those parts make
sure to use the specified.

SHEET 3/8

2-4

HAB C DE FG

Main section

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Sheet 8/8 Sheet 5/8 Sheet 6/8 Sheet 7/8

CN412

5

Sheet 7/8

CN403

R1456

C1438

22

470/6.3

4

R1458

4.7K

C1440

0.0056TF

FL402

QQR0590-001

3

CN431

Sheet 5/8

1K

Q1426
2CS3575-JVC

R1496

2

10K

STEREO_IN

D1406
MTZ10JC

C1407

0.022

R1457

4.7K

C1439

0.0056TF

FL401

QQR0590-001

TU_MUTE

TUNED_IN

C1406

100/25

KTD863/Y/

R1493R1494

1K

Q1425
2CS3575-JVC

PLL_CLK

R1413

10K

CN411

PLL_DATA

PLL_CE

Q1406

1K

R1412

10

R1495

Q1424
KRA104M

D1410

1SS355

D1409
1SS355

SW_CLK

SW_STB

SW_DATA

R1497

510

0.022

C1445

DSP_SL

DSP_C

DSP_R DSP_L

DSP_SR

DSP_LFE

0.022

C1444

R1459

68

S_MUTE

SW_MUTE

2SC3575-JVC

220

R1471

R1474

C1447

4.7/50

R1473

SW_DATA

SW_CLK

CN421

1K

Q1423

KRA104M

R1472

10K

10K

Q1422

Q1421

SW_STB

TC9162AF

IC423

R1465

1K

C1446

220P

68

R1460

R1498

2SC3575-JVC

R1470

DSP_CLK

DSP_RESET

DSP_READY

DSP_STATUS

DSP_COMMAND

510

R490

5.6K

R480

220

15K

R491

15K

5.6K

R489

CN481

DSP_C

DSP_R

DSP_L

DSP_SR

DSP_SL

DSP_LFE

BASSBOOST

S_MUTE

C1434

0.022

D1407
MTZ7.5JC

47/25

0.015MY

PLL_CE

PLL_DATA

DBS

S_MUTE

PLL_CLK

VCR

DVD

R1463

100k

100K

R1455

C1435

0.0082

0.33TF
C1433

C1432

KTD863/Y/

R1415

C1408

100k

BASSBOOST

VIDEO2

VIDEO1

Q1407

2.2K

R1414

IC428

M62446FP

R1499

10

TU_MUTE

SW_MUTE

VOL_CLK

VOL_DATA

VOL_LATCH

R1442

VOL_CLK

100K

VOL_LATCH

VOL_DATA

SW_STB

D1408
MTZ7.5JC

C1409

47/25

SW_CLK

SW_DATA

DCS

AVCOMPULINK

0.0082

0.015MY

0.33TF

TUNED_IN

C1429

C1428

C1427

STEREO_IN

SELF_DET

C1431

4.7/50

C1430

4.7/50

R1441

1K

Q1408

R1417

2.2K

DSP_CLK

DSP_STATUS

DSP_COMMAND

R1416

DSP_RESET

DSP_READY

KTA1023/OY/

10

CN402

KRC104M

Q1416

R1431
10K

D1411
1SS355

C1425

100/10

R1453

1K

Q1420

R1452
100K

R1451

100K

R1447

R1446
100K

C1421

4.7/50

R1436
100K

R1435

100K

R1437

C1420

4.7/50

Q1409

2SK301( P,Q)

R1426 R1427

51K 51K

C1419

0.022MY

4.7K

KRA104M

R1449
1K

R1450
10K

Q1419

2SC3575-JVC

R1448

10K

Q1418

2SC3575-JVC

1K

R1445

1K

R1444

10K

Q1417

2SC3575-JVC

R1438

1K

R1440

10K

Q1414

2SC3575-JVC

R1439

10K

Q1413

2SC3575-JVC

1K

IC421

BA15218F

CN473

CN472

Sheet 2/8

CN471

C1424

4.7/50

C1423

4.7/50

C1461

0.022

C1426

C1436

0.022

10K

R1443

Q1415
KRA104M

C1411

0.022

68

R1419

C1410

0.022

R1418

68

BA15218F

0.022

IC427

BA15218F

R1490

R1492

27K

R1480

1K

100K

C1453

4.7/50

0.022

IC422

4.7/50
C1459

IC427

R1464

BA15218F

C1460

Q1410

2SK301( P,Q)

R1432

10K 10K

C1415

100P

R1422

R1423

10K

2.7K

100P

C1414

10K

2.7K

R1420

R1421

4.7/50

C1412

4.7/50

C1422

100K

B821

Q1412
2SK301( P,Q)

R1434

10K

R1433

10K

Q1411

2SK301( P,Q)

B820

R1430

R1428
10K

10K

R1429

C1413

4.7/50

R1425

4.7K

C1417

0.47/50

0.022MY

C1418

C1416

R1424

0.47/50

C1437

1.5

C1443

1.5ML

DBS

DVD

VCR

VIDEO1

VIDEO2

CN461

1

Sheet 5/8

AUDIO signal

TUNER signal

FRONT signal
CENTER signal

AVCOMPULINK

VIDEO1

VIDEO2

DCS

CN441

Sheet 5/8 Sheet 1/8

0.022

C1464

EP401

R1401

10 12

Q1401

KTA1046/Y/

R1402

1.8K

MTZ13JC

C1401

D1412

47/50

D1401

CN491

Q1402

2SD2395/EF/

R483

1K 1K

100K

R484

1SS355

C1402

100/25

R1403

R1404

R485

2.7K

D1402

MTZ6.2JC

Q1431 Q1432 Q1433

KRC104M KRC104M KRC104M

R1405
12

Q1403

2SD2395/EF/

R1406

6.8k

D1403
MTZ5.6JC

100K

R486

100/25

C1403

Parts are safety assurance parts.
When replacing those parts make
sure to use the specified.

Q1434

R1461

2SD2395/EF/

2.2
Q1404

R1407

2SD2395/EF/

R1462

2.2

R487

1K

R488
100K

100/25

4.7

R1408

4.7

R1409

2.7K

D1404

MTZ5.6JC

C1404

Q1435

2SD2395/EF/

R479

2.2
Q1405

2SD2395/EF/

R478

2.2

R475

20K

27K

R1411

1.8K

D1405

R476

MTZ13JC

100/25

C1405

SURROUND signal

AB CD E F G

FW485

SELF_DET

R477

4.7

R1410

4.7

D1413

1SR35-400A

Sheet 2/8

SHEET 4/8

2-5

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Audio / Video / S Video / DVD signal input section

IC401

C408

NJM4580DD

100P

R406
560

R410 R408
470K 39K

C412 C410

C406

0.0068MY 0.0018MY

5

J401

QNN0389-001

4

J402

QNN0168-001

J403

QNN0168-001

TAPEIN_L

TAPEOUT_L

VCRIN_L

VCROUT_L

TV_L

C400

0.022

J401

QNN0389-001

R401

2.2K

C417 C418

330P 330P

R421 R422

470

C421 C422

330P 330P

R423 R424
470 470

C423 C424

330P

R425 R426

C425 C426

470 470

330P 330P

C427 C428

220P 220P

R429 R430

C429 C430

470 470

330P 330P

R431 R432

C431 C432

470 470

330P 330P

C433

220P 220P

R435 R436

C435 C436

470 470

330P 330P

100/10

R409 R407

470K 39K

C405

47K 47K

100P 100P

C403 C404

R403 R404

C402C401

4.7/504.7/50

R402

2.2K

470

TAPEIN_R

330P

C434

100/10

R405
560

CD_RCD_L

TAPEOUT_R

VCRIN_R

VCROUT_R

TV_R

C407

100P

C411 C409

0.0068MY 0.0018MY

IC401

NJM4580DD

C415

C414

47/16

4.7/50
R412

100K

R411

100K

C416
47/16

C413

4.7/50

J404

QNN0389-001

C441

4.7/50

C419

0.022

C420

0.022

IC402

TC9164AN

CD_L

CD_R

TAPEIN_L

TAPEIN_R

VCRIN_L

VCRIN_R

TV_L

TAPEOUT_L

DVD_L

TUNER_LTUNER_R

SW_DATA

SW_CLK

TV_R

DVD_R

SW_STB

R440

TAPEOUT_R

1K

R441

R443

100K

100K

R442

R444

100K

100K

BA15218N

C442

C440

4.7/50

220P

BA15218N

IC403

C443

4.7/50

IC403

C444

4.7/50

C445

0.022

R445
100k

R446
100k

C446

0.022

R449

R450

270

270

J405

QNN0388-001

J404

R451 R452

470 470

DVD_L

R453
470

DVD_C

R455

470

J406

QNN0284-001

C451

C452
330P

330P

DVD_R

C453

C454

R454

330P

330P

470

DVD_SW

C455

C456

R456

330P

330P

470

DVD_SRDVD_SL

C459

0.1TF

J405

QNN0388-001

C460

1.5MY

J406

QNN0284-001

SW_OUT

DVD_SR

DVD_SL

DVD_SW

DVD_L

DVD_R

DVD_C

A-12V

A+12V

SIG_R

SW_STB

SIG_L

SW_DATA

TUNER_L

TUNER_R

VCROUT_L

VCROUT_R

DVD_L

3

QGB2510K1-14

DVD_R

CN401

SW_CLK

CN451

QGB2510K1-11

A.GND

Sheet 4/8 Sheet 4/8

C551

AUDIO signal

QND0025-001

J552

QND0083-001

QND0083-001

QND0083-001

J551

J551

QND0083-001

J553

J552

C557

47P

R555

75

R556

75

C558

47P

C563

47P

R561

75

75

C564

47P

R501

TUNER signal

2

Parts are safety assurance parts.
When replacing those parts make

J501

QNN0063-001

J503

QNN0017-002

J502
QNN0063-001

J502

QNN0063-001

R502

75

R504

75

R505

75

C504

47P

R508

75

C501

330

4.7/50

R503

C502

330

4.7/50
KTA1267/YG/

C503

470/6.3

R506

47K

R507

C505

330

4.7/50

R511

150

Q501

Q502

KTC3199/GL/

R513

1.5K

R512

270

Q503

KRC101M

IC501

NJM2246D

1000/16

C511

0.022

C512

sure to use the specified.

R514

Q504

KTA1267/YG/

J501

QNN0063-001

J521

QNS0073-001

J591

1

X

R509

75

C507
47P

C506

470/6.3

R510

47K

C521
220P

D591

X

R591

X

150

R516

1.5K

Q505

KTC3199/GL/

R515

270

R522
470

R521
220

C522

QGB2510K1-07

B502

B501

K501

K502

CN501

0.047

R551

75
R552

75

C552

4.7/50

C553

0.047

R553
75

R554
75

C554

4.7/50

C555

0.047

47K

R557

R558

47K

C556

4.7/50

C559

0.047

R559

75

R560

75

C560

470/6.3

C561

0.047

47K

R563

R564
47K

C562

470/6.3

KRC110M

Q573

KRC110M

R573

10K

R574

Q574

KTA1267/YG/

10K

Q553

KTA1267/YG/

Q554

KTA1267/YG/

Q571

KTA1267/YG/

R571

390

R572

390

Q572

R565

390 390

R566R562

C582

1.5ML

C584

1.5ML

IC551

NJM2246D

IC552
NJM2246D

QGB2510K1-07

C581

47/16

K552

K551

B551

B552

C583

47/16

R581

6.8

CN551

2-6

Sheet 4/8

Sheet 4/8

SHEET 5/8

HAB C DE FG

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

CS

CCLK

MIACK

MILP

MICS

MICK

AUTODATA

DSPSTATUS

DSP_RST

RESET

CCLK

DSP_RST

MICS

MICK

MIACK

AUTODATA

MILP

DSP section

1.0

C628

0.01

IC622IC621

TC7SU04FUTC7SU04FU

5

C608

0.1
R618R617
10K10K

C607

100/16

SMUTE

DSPSTATUS

DSPCLK

LIN+

LIN-

100/6.3

C673

0.01

IC672

TC7SET32FU

C671

0.01

C672

100/6.3

100/6.3 0.01

C688 C687

C611

C612

CSCSCCLK

220

R664

0

R683

0.01

CDTO

220

220

R662

R663

UPD784215AGC103

R688

RIN-

RIN+

0.01
C693

R669

10K

Q672

DTC114YE

0.01
C661

D.MUTE

SELECT1

SELECT2

SELECT3

SELECT4

TEST

10K

R682

0.01
C694

K687

NQR0319-001

R2519

330

R2521

330

R2520

330

TP515

TP514

LFE.MIX

LFE.MIX

K688

NQR0319-001

D.GND

D+5V

A+12V

A-12V

DSPCOMMAND

DSPREADY

RESET

C610

100/6.3

SDTI3

BCLK

LRCLK

SDTI1

SDTI2

R673

4.3K

AUTODATA

LOCK

DIGITAL0

R685

FORMAT

R603

IC683
RN5RZ33BA

10K

CHANNEL

47K

ROUT3

LOUT3

D607

1SS355

D608

1SS355

ERR

RST_DET

X671

NAX0275-001X

SDTO

220

R609

LOUT2

220

R608

ROUT2

DSP_RST

220

R607

IC601

AK4527BVQ

220

220

220

47K

47K

R602

R601

R606

R611

R612

LIN-

LIN+

RIN-

RIN+

C601

C602

0.001

0.001

R632

0R0

R686

150

ERR

R691

220

R692

220

R693

220

R694

220

R695

220

R696

220

Tx

Rx

IC681

PQ3DZ53

10K

R681

R613

8.2K

R615

4.3K
CDTO

CDTI

CCLK

CS

C603

100/6.3

C605

0.1

100/6.3

C604

C606

0.1

TP607

R642

R657
10K

DSPSTATUS

10K

R641

1K

R643
100

0.01

1K

56K

100P

R648

4.7K

10K

C649

120P

LOCK

C641

100/6.3

C642

0.01

0.47

C643

C644

R645

R644

C645

R646

Q607

MIACK

MILP

MICS

MICK

MIDIO

MIDIO

8.2K

R680

DTA144EKA

4.3K

R674

DSPREADY

4.3K

R675

DSPCLK

4.3K

R676

DSPCOMMAND

8.2K

8.2K
100P

C679

R678

R679

Q670

DTC114YE

R670

10K

C690C689

100/6.30.01

TP606

BCLK

LRCLK

WE

CE

OE

I/O5

I/O6

I/O7

A15

A14

A16

C609

0.1

CDTI

220

R661

IC671

C677

100P

8.2K

R677

RESET

0

R671
10K

OUT_LFE

OUT_C

C2555

OUT_SRWEOUT_SL

TP509

TP511

0.1

C2556

0.1

TP510

TP512

C2539

0.1

C2540

0.1

LOUT2

ROUT2

LOUT3

ROUT3

Q673
DTA144EKA

C685

47/16

C683

0.01

C686
47/16

C682

0.01

C684

100/6.3

C681

0.01

K682

NQR0319-001

K681

NQR0319-001

IN_R

IN_L

OUT_R

OUT_L

A+5V

R2515

TP501

IN_L

TP502

IN_R

C2503

R2511 R2513

4.7/50
10k 10k

R2501
100K

R2502 R2522
100K 330

R2512 R2514

C2504

10k 10k

4.7/50

4

TP503

OUT_L

IC652

IMX9-W

TP504

OUT_R

TP505

OUT_SL

IC662

OUT_SR

OUT_C

OUT_LFE

IMX9-W

TP506

TP507

IC682

IMX9-W

TP508

3

R2529

10K

R2530

10K

R2567

10K

R2568

10K

R2587

10K

R2588

10K

2

C2527

R2525

10/50

1K

C2525

R2527

0.001

100K

C2526

R2528

0.001

100K

R2526

C2528

1K

10/50

C2577

R2575

10/50

1K

C2575

R2577

0.001

100K

C2576

R2578

0.001

100K

R2576

C2578

1K

10/50

C2597

R2595

10/50

1K

C2595

R2597

0.001

100K

R2598
100K

R2596

C2598

1K

4.7/25

DTA144EKA

R2560 C2500

1M

C2592

0.022

R2594

33k

IC691

BA15218F

R2590

33k

Q2501

R2500

22/16

10k

C2515
120p

C2513

IC609

0.0012
BA15218F

IC609

BA15218F

C2514

0.0012

C2516
120p

R2516

10k

IC651

BA15218F

C2552

56P

C2594

0.1

R2584

22K

R2592

33k

R2557

10K

SMUTE

IC691

BA15218F

1K

C2551

56P

R2553

15K

IC651

BA15218F

15K

R2554 R2556

C2563

22P

IC661

BA15218F

IC661

BA15218F

C2564

22P

C2583

22P

IC690

BA15218F

C2584

56P

R2586

3.3K

IC690
BA15218F

22K

R2558

56P

C2587

R2517

10k

R2518

10k

R2555

8.2K

R2531

7.5K

R2551
10k

R2552
10k

R2532

R2563

10k

R2565
2K2K100K

R2566

R2564

10k

R2583

12K

R2585 R2581

3K 100K

C2517
390p

C2518
390p

7.5K

8.2K

C2561

1.0/50

R2561

R2562
100K

C2562

1.0/50

C2581

1.0/50

R2582
100K

C2582
10/16

C2588

4.7/25

R2589
100K

C2507

33p

R2509

R2507

22k

22k

IC610

BA15218F

C2512

0.1

IC610

BA15218F

R2508

R2510

22k

22k

33p

C2508

IC650
BA15218F

C2533

4.7/50

R2535

C2531

56P

10k

R2537

10k

56p

R2536

IC650
BA15218F

R2550

2.7k

Q671

2SD2114K/VW

100k

R2538
100k

10k

C2534

4.7/50

C2569

0.1
TP517

C2570

0.1

TP518

C2589

TP519

0.1

C2590

0.1

TP520

C2585

0.1

C2586

R672

0.1
1M

R2533

C2532

R2534

10K

AUDIO signal

Note
X :None used

1

SURROUND signal
FRONT signal
CENTER signal

CN681

QGB2510K1-20

R628

18K

SELECT3

SELECT4

SELECT2

R639

SDTI2

SDTI3

A0

A1A2A3A4A5A6A7

OE

SDTI1

IC631

TC9446F-014

I/O6

I/O7CEA10

I/O0A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7

4.7K

I/O4

I/O5

I/O2

I/O1

SDTO

I/O0

I/O1

I/O2

I/O3

I/O4

A11A9A8

A13

IC641

W24L010AJ-12

A12

R627

4.7K

IC611

BU4066BCF

C639

C638

0.01

100/6.3

SELECT1

R633

220

Q601

DTC114YE

D.MUTE

C631

C632

100/6.3

0.01

MIDIO

MILP

DSP_RST

MICS

MICK

MIACK

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

C634C633

0.10.1

I/O3

C653

0.1

C654

0R0

100/6.3

R640

R621
220

C646

0.01

AUTODATA

ERR

FORMAT

CHANNEL

DIGITAL0

RST_DETLOCK

1/50
C621

R629
100

R623
100

R625
100

2.2M

R647

NAX0385-001X

C636

TP601

TP602

TP603

TP604

TP605

C647

22P

X631

C648
18P

0.1

0.1

C635

LC631

NQR0321-001

K601

NQR0269-004

C622
100P

K602

NQR0269-004

C627

J601

R622

75

QNN0347-001

C626

0.1

C629

0.1

UN664

GP1FA550RZ

C624

0.1

UN661UN662

GP1FA550RZGP1FA550RZ

C625

0.1

C637

0.1

UN663

GP1FA550TZ

Sheet 4/8

AB CD E F G

SHEET 6/8

2-7

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

System control and FL displaying section

C707C709

5

QRB089J-104QRB079J-104

RA702RA701

GRID15

GRID10

GRID14

GRID12

GRID11

GRID13

GRID9

GRID8

GRID7

GRID6

GRID5

GRID4

GRID3

DI701

QLF0082-001

SEG6

SEG5

SEG4

SEG3

SEG2

SEG1

SEG13

SEG12

SEG11

SEG10

SEG9

SEG8

SEG7

4.7/504.7/50

GRID1

Q707

SEG16

SEG15

SEG14

DTC114Y

GRID2

GRID16

Q708

DTC114Y

DTC114Y

Q709

4

CN703

RDS_CLK

RDS_DATA

RDS_DAVN

SEG11

SEG10

SEG9

SEG8

SEG7

SEG6

SEG5

SEG4

SEG3

SEG2

SEG1

GRID1

GRID2

GRID3

GRID4

GRID5

GRID6

GRID7

GRID8

GRID9

GRID10

GRID11

GRID12

GRID13

GRID14

220

R782

R781

220

R780

220

QJK021-043004

SEG12 GRID15

SEG13

SEG14

SEG15

C721

0.1

C720

0.1

JOG2

JOG1

JS701

3

QSW0898-001

R759

R760
10k

10k

SEG16

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

IC701

PLL_DATA

PLL_CLK

PLL_CE

S/C_DVD

S/C_VCR

MN101C35D

QAX0246-001

X701

KEY_IN5

KEY_IN4

KEY_IN3

KEY_IN2

KEY_IN1

C713

C714

C715

C716

C717

C718

C719

0.01

CS2

CS1

R716

R718

R717

R720

R757

R758

R775

10k

10k

10k 10k

10k

R712

R713

R714

R715

JOG1

JOG2

10k

10k

R707

R708

2

POWER

Q711

DTA144E

1

D719
SLR-342VC

R719
220

S727

QSW0683-001

CN714

CN704

QUM133-08DGZ4

QUM133-08DGZ4

KEY_IN1

R722
1k

R723
1k

R724

1.2k

R725

1.5k

R726

2.2k

R727

2.7k

QSW0683-001

KEY_IN2

R721

10k

R729
1k

S721

R730
1k

S722

R731

1.2k

S723

R732

1.5k

S724

R733

2.2k

S725

R734

2.7k

S726

R735

3.9k

KEY_IN3

R728 R736 R743 R750 R761 R768

10k 10k 10k 10k 10k 10k

R737
1k

R738
1k

S728

R739

1.2k

S729

R740

S730

1.5k

S731

R741

2.2k

S732

R742

2.7k

S733

R773

3.9k

KEY_IN4

R744
1k

S734

R745
1k

S735

R746

1.2k

S736

S754

X

R747

1.5k

S737

R748

2.2k

S755

X

R749

S738

2.7k

S756

X

R774

3.9k

S739

S757

X

S752

X

KEY_IN5

R751
1k

S740

R752
1k

S741

R753

1.2k

S742

R754

1.5k

S743

S744

S745

S753

X

CS1

R762
1k

S746

R763
1k

S747

R764

1.2k

S748

R765

1.5k

S749

R766

2.2k

R767

2.7k

CS2

R769
1k

B701

X

R770
1k

B702

EUR

R771
1k

B703

X

B704

X

B705

X

B706

X

B707

B708

S/C_DBS

GRID16

RY_HP

RY_LR2

RY_LR1

RY_C

RY_S

DSP_RESET

DSP_READY

DSP_CLK

DSP_STATUS

DSP_COMMAND

SELF_DET

RDS_DAVN

STEREO_IN

TUNED_IN

RM_IN

PROTECTOR_IN

RDS_DATA

VCR_OUT

VCR_IN

DCS_OUT

DCS_IN

RDS_CLK

C730

R711

0.1

100k

R710

C701

C702

1.5ML 100/6.3

10k

R709

10k

IC703

GP1U281X

R703 C705
10k 100/6.3

C704

0.022

Q701

DTC114YE

D701

1SS355

R702

C703

22k

2.2/50

IC702

IC-PST9139

R701

4.7k

DCS_OUT

DCS_IN

VCR_IN

VCR_OUT

Q702
DTC114TE

Q703

DTC144WE

D702

1SS355

Q704

DTC114YE

R704

470

C706
330p

DCS

R705

10k

R706

10k

VCR

C708

4.7/50

C722

1.5

DSP_RESET

DSP_READY

DSP_CLK

DSP_STATUS

DSP_COMMAND

SELF_DET

STEREO_IN

TUNED_IN

VCR

DCS

SW_DATA

SW_CLK

SW_STB

VOL_LATCH

VOL_DATA

VOL_CLK

TU_MUTE

SW_MUTE

S_MUTE

PLL_DATA

PLL_CLK

PLL_CE

S/C_DBS

S/C_DVD

S/C_VCR

R799

R798

R797

R796

R795

R794

R793

R792

R791

R790

R789

R788

R787

R786

R785

R784

R783

220

220

220

220

220

220

220

220

220

220

220

220

220

220

220

220

220

QGF1205C1-25

RY_HP

RY_LR2

RY_LR1

RY_C

RY_S

PROTECTOR_IN

POWER

RY_SURR

F1

-VPP

F2

B+5V

5V

QGF1205C1-14

CN702

Sheet 4/8

CN701

Sheet 1/8

X

B709

X

Note
X :None used

SHEET 7/8

2-8

HAB C DE FG

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Tuner section

C129

IC121

LC72136N

X121

QAX0402-001

C121

C122

12P

12P

R127

0.001
C128

0.47/50

8.2K

R124

C117

6P

C123

0.047

2.2K

R126

5.6K

Q121
DTA124E

R114

1.2K

R184

R134
1K

10K

R183

10K

L111
15

D129

1SS133

R122

4.7K

C126
100P

R182

10K

R133

3.9K

D123

1SS133

C118
15P

R132

39K

C157

0.047

R147

3.3K

T142

QQR0973-001

1SS133

D121

C158

22/16

C156

0.001

R146

4.7K

C168

1/50

CF102

QAX0285-001Z

R141

1K

IC102

LA1838

C150

22/16

C143

0.022

C133

22/16

C141

0.047

C134

0.0022

C137

68P

C144

R150

330

0.047

R140

56K

C135

0.022

470.022

R142C163

0.047

C164

CF103
QAX0519-001Z

5.6k

R143

C147

1/50

R144

C136

R157

C161

10/16

2.7K

C162
10/16

R158

2.7K

C139

0.039

C140

0.039

C186

10/16

C185

10/16

R145

10K

3.3K

C148

1/50

0.22/50

1/50

C149

C146
1/50

C196

2.2/50

C195

330P

560P

C193

C184

R161

1K

R162

1K

D131

1SS133

100/16

C191

82P

X191

QAX0263-001Z

C192

47P

R191

1K

C194

IC191

SAA6588

R193

10K

R194

10K

R192
470K

0.1

C199

C197

10/16

0.047

RF101

5

C101

0.01

4

AT101
QNB0014-001

BK001

QAU0119-001

R103

100

CF101

QAX0285-001Z

R104

2.7K

390

R105

Q111

KTC3199/GL

R111

4.7k

R107

560

1K

R106

Q102

2SC535/BC

0.022

C105

Q112

KTC3199/GL

Q103

2SC461/BC

R112

4.7k

R109

R108

220

C107

22/16

3.3K

Q113

DTA114Y

3

T111T111T111T111T111

T111T111T111T111

T111T111T111T111T111

T111T111T111T111T111T111

T111T111T111T111T111T111T111T111T111

QQR0871-001

C112

C111

0.047

12P

100K

R115

R128

4.7K

C130

100/10

R130

68( 1/4W) F.RES.

C103

0.022

R129

TP101TP101

R119
10K

2.2K

2

DAVN

SDA

SCL

CN111

QGB2501K2-12

DATA

MUTE

CKCE9V

STEREO

TUNED

CN411

DETOUT

5.6V

LOUT

ROUT

GND

sheet 4/8

QGB2501K1-04

CN112

D.GND

CN412

sheet 4/8

FM / Tuner signal

1

AB CD E F G

Parts are safety assurance parts.
When replacing those parts make
sure to use the specified one.

SHEET

8/8

2-9

Printed circuit boards

Main board

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

R440

C416

C415

CN351

C440

R449

R450

R445

R446

C1301

C1304

C443

C444

D1302

D1304

C446

C445

IC403

R444

R443

C442

R442

R441

C441

C1305

D1303

D1301

C1302

C1303

R1302

R1303

C435

R435

R436

5

ST302

C556

R556

C558

Q574

IC552

R557

R558

RY302

Q571

Q572

C584

C557

B432

C1358

C583

R555

R552

Q573

C555

C1378

R571

C552

C1359

R551

R573

L1352

R1370

C551

C1364

C1360

C1362

C1361

IC551

R566

Q554

R563

R564

R562

C563

C564

J551

C582

R1371

C581

R565

Q553

C561C562

R561

C1377

R1368

C1355

RY301

D1351

4

R1351

D1352

R1352

K552

B552

CN551

3

C554

C553

R553

R554

J553

R560

R559

C560

C1357

R581

B551

R1369

C1356

B1005

L1351

K551

R572

R574

C559

J552

R1354

FW303

C1363

R1374

D1354

ST303ST301

C1374C1375

RY304

L1355

C1373

C1376

FW301

R1365

L1354

R1373

R1364

D1359

R1353

FW302

C1370

D1353

C1371C1372

C1369

R1355

R1357

R1372

RY303

C1368

D1355

C1351

C1366

Q1351

R1358

L1353

R1359

R1356

Q1358

R1363

D1356

R1362

C1365

R1361

R1360

D1357

D1358

C1352

C1367

R1366

C1354

R1367

Q1356
Q1355
Q1353
Q1354
Q1352

Q1357

D1360

C1353

FW301

J403

J402

J401

FW302

C424

C429C430

C425C426

C421

C400

C418

C432

C431

R429

R401

R430

C422 C423

C417

R432

C436

R431

R422

C433

R423

R424

R425

C427

C428

R426

R402

C434

C402

C401

R421

R403 R404

C403 C404

R406

C406

R405

C405

C407 C408

CN385

IC401

R409

R410

C412

C411

C420

C419

CN401

R408

C410

C409

R407

IC402

C414

R412

R411

C413

EP301

CN311

D1305

CN372

C1306

R1301

D1306

C1308

CN321

Q1301

FW341

HAB C DE FG

2

Q1302

C1309

R1309

R1311

R1307

R1306

R1305

R1308

R1304

Q1304

R1310

CN210

Q233

Q234

B200

Q235

R232

1

CN208CN209

Q232

R231

Q231

R1317

Q1307

R1319

R1318

Q1303

C1310

R1312

D1307

CN332

CN373

CN331

R1321

R1320

D1310

C1312

Q1308

CN312

D1308

R1316

Q1306

CN371

B379

D1309

R1315

R1313

C1311

Q1305

R1314

2-10

System control & Audio board

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

B754

CN412

S755

B1718

R739

S754

Q708

Q1415

S736

B753

CN411

R741

B1717

R1412

C1438

R1458

R1456

R1443

R1416

S737

B729

CN403

FL402

R1413

C1440

D1411

R1417

D1408

B728

Q1406

S757

S756

R1419

R1491R1492

D1406

Q1408

Q707

R1418

C1452

R706

B780

R1479R1480

R1431

D1407

R773

B1706

IC427

C1406

Q1407

R762R763

B733

C718

C730

B1703

B732

B781

RA701

R761

S735

R738

B731

R737

R736

S734

B758

B757

B756

X701

IC701

EP401

R479

Q1401

Q1403

Q1435

Q1405

R740

C715

B755

B1702

B1711

HS401

HS403

HS435

HS405

R725

S732

C719

C462

C461

B769

R455

R727

B767

C455

R735

B704

B706

R772

B786

IC702

R710

S726

B1744

R461R462

R471R472

C453

C454

C456

R453

R456

R1403

D1402

C1402

D1404

C1404

R1462

R1461

R734

B737

R732

R733

S752

S730

B707

B708

B709

S724

B788

R757

CN701

C464

C463

IC451

C474
C473

IC471

HS434

Q1434

B787

R768

R769

R770R771

B768

B770

R726

S725

R463

R464

R474

C472

C471

R473

J404

R1404

HS402

Q1402

Q1404

HS404

CN714

S729

R731

B744

B742

B743

5

S728

R721

CN451

R729

S722

R728

C713

B740

R482

C714

B739

B738

R724

S723

C722

C481

R481

C482

B741

R730

Q711

R720

CN704

B771

4

R722

R723

S721

3

C459

C460

J406

J405

2

R454

S751

B703

B705

C702

R451

Q1432

C708

CN491

R1408

R1407

R1409

C451

C452

R452

R701

FW485

R487

S733

B702

B762

B761

C704

B1704

R486

B783

D1405

D701

B782

D1401

D1403

R475

R702

B760

C1403

B701

B759

C701

Q709

B833

C1401

C1405

R478

R476

B763

R764R765R766

C703

S731

R767

Q701

B1752

B1751

B764

B735

B1728

C709

R1402

R1401

R1405

R1406

R1411

D1413

R1410

R477

R485

R488

R484

Q1431

D1412

Q1433

R483

1

R719

S727

D719

S739

B1710

B1713

R742

S738

Q704

B726

D702

B752

B1716

B727

FL401

R1441

R1442

R1415

R1457

C712

C1459

Q702

C1443

R715

C1422

R1414

C706

R1490

R718

R1446

R1464

R704

B777

B778

R709

R1445

R1427

R705

Q703

B794

R717

B779

DI701

R1489

C1453

C1407

C1439

C1426

Q1416

C1408C1409

Q1417

C1414

R707

C711

R1420

R1421

R1484

B751

B724

R714

C1449

C1448

CN461

B776

C1411

IC421

C1410

R1425

R1483

B750

R1429

R1454

R1474

R708

R775

B749

R1424

Q1423

S741

R758

C1447

S740

B775

R1455

R1426

C1436

R743

C1418C1419

C1417

B793

B774

R1432

R1463

R744 R745

C1416

B792

B747

RA702

IC422

R1499

R746

C716

B1709

R1423

R1476

R1481

R1475

C1412

R1482

B748

C1431

C1415

C1432

B1708

R1422

IC425

C1413

CN441

B720

R1433

C1430

R1428

B1727

B1712

IC428

C1428

C1437

Q1412

C1429

C1433

C1434

B723

B710

B719

R1430

B716

Q1411

Q1409

C1427

C1435

Q1410

B1748

B718

C1420

IC423

B1747

B1705

C1421

R1434

B1749

C1460C1461

R1496

R1437

R1493

R1495

R747

R1435R1436

R1438

R1494

R748

Q1413

Q1414

Q1425

S742

R703

R496

S744

CN471

B1746

C705

C707

R1439

R1440

C1446

R492

B773

Q1426

IC703

R1477 R1478

R1487

C1450 C1451

R497

S745

CN431

S743

R1488

Q1421

Q1422

R498

R493

IC426

R495

R749

R1498

R1486

R1485

B789

R1470

R499

R494

R750

C717

R1497

C1423

C1424

B1743

R1472

R1473

R751

R1449

R1447

R1451R1452

B1742

B1733

B1734

B1735

B1736

B1737

B746

B1738

B1741

B1740

B1739

R752

S746

CN473

Q1418

Q1419

R1453

R1465

C1444

R1471

R1448

R1450

C1445

B1725

B1726

B1745

S747

CN421

C1425

B1723

Q1420

B1732

B1724

C721

B1731

R713

B1722

R712

JS701

R760

R790

B1730

R490

R489

R759

R792

R782

R789

R793

R781

R788

R794

R780

R787

C720

R753

R791

R795

R786

Q1424

R796

R754

R785

S748

R797

R799

B1719

B1720

R784

R711

R783

CN702

R798

CN481

R480

R491

B1721

D1409

D1410

R1460

R716

S749

R1459

CN402

AB CD E F G

2-11

Power amp. board

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

R833

R343

R843

C323

C321

C823

Q311 Q313

C821

R333

R337

R335

Q811 Q813

R331

R835 R837

R831

D305 D307

R845

R849

D809

Q819

R813

C811

R839 R841

D805 D807

R853

R851

L801

R345

R349

R313

C311

R339 R341

R353

R351

L301

B296

R811

Q319

C825C827

R311

C325C327

R347

C309

D309

C809

R823

R317

CN301

R847

C819

CN801

C319

R323

R861

R319

R821

D303

C829

R815

R321

R315

R805

R859

Q801

R305

R857

C801

Q301

R855

Q803 Q805

Q307

Q305

C301

R363

B291

R801

Q303

C315

C815

C317

C817

R301

R863

C803

B293

C305

R307

R807

C303

C307

C807

C813

R809

C805

D801

R803

C313

R309

D301

R303

B2025

B134

B2026

B2027

B2028

B2029

B2030

B2001

B2002

B2003

B2004

B2005

B2006

Q809

Q309

Q315

Q317

TH801

TH301

R329

B2008

B2012

R825

R325

Q815 Q817

R827

R327

R829

B2031

B2032

B2033

B2034

B2035

B2036

B206

B2008

B2009

B2010

B2011

VR301

R1

FW251

RY202

B110

PW104

B109

B108

PW102

B107

FC211

FC212

RY203

HS211

B146

B145

B147

Q211

Q203

D223

D221 D222

R204

D210

R203

R221

B103

B102

B101

B106

B105

B104

C217

R211

C213

PW105

PW103

D218

R207

R212

PW101

D211

C212

B166

Q202

B171

B172

D214

C214

D219

PW408

PW411

R206

D212

Q204

R210

B111

B112

B113

B114

CN201

B181

Q205

D217

C218

D216

C216

D215

D213

R209

C215

Q208 Q209

B180

B185

B183

Q210

B150

TH201

TA201

5

J1331

4

TW301

3

PW204

FC252

TW302

C1331

B142

B141

C1332

R1331

R1332

C1333

PW203

B170

TA202

EP1

FW251

B144

B143

C210

Q206

B173

FC241FC242

B165

C204

D220

B174

B115

PW409

B116

VS201

EP201

B169

R208

CN241

B161

B162

B148

B149

Q207

B168

B175B176

B177

CN203

PW407

B117

B118

PW410

PW406

016

015

014

013

012

011

010

PW310

PW301

PW309

PW311

PW308

PW307

PW306

PW302

B122

B120

B119

B121

B123

B137

B124
B125

B126

B127

B128

B129

B130

B131

B132

B133

B135

B136

B138

B2037

B2038

B2039

B2040

B2041

B2042

B2013

B2014

B2015

B2016

B2017

B2018

B2019

B2020

B2021

B2022

B2023

B2024

Q810

Q310

TH802

TH302

R330

Q318

R826

VR302

R326

Q316

Q818

Q816

R828

R328

R830

B2043

B2044

B2045

B2046

B2047

B2048

R344

R844

C324

C322

C822

C824

Q312 Q314

R336 R338

Q811 Q814

R332 R334

R835 R838

R832

D306 D308

R834

D805 D808

R340 R342

R858

R860

D304

R320

R822

C830

R322

R816

R316

R806

Q802

R856

Q806

Q804

C802

R306

D810

R846

R850

Q820

C810

C812

R814

R839 R842

R854

R852

L802

R346

R350

C312

R314

R312

R352

R354

L302

R812

B297

Q320

C826

C828

R348

C310

D310

C328

C326

R318

R824

CN802

CN302

R848

R862

C820

C320

R324

Q306 Q308

Q302

C302

B292
R364

R802

C318

C816

C316

C818

R302

R864

C804

Q304

B294

R308

R808

C808

C304

C308

R804

C306

C806

C814

R810

D802

C314

R310

D302

R304

D201

C201

C203

D203

D204

B179

D202

C207

C206

131

FC232

FC231

R201

C205

CN492

B151

CN291

IC501

B152

C511

R507

C505

R508

J502

K501

B154

B155

K502

B156

C512

C504

Q503

R505

R506

Q502

C503

R512

Q501

R501

R511

R513

C501

R502

R514

Q504

Q505

R516

R515

B157

R509

C507

J501

B158

C506

C522

R522

R510

J521 J591

R521

C521

D591

C523

R591

CN501

B182

B153

C502

R503

J503

R504

B159

C209

C208

D206

D207

113

CN251

C202

R202

D208

D209

Q201

121

120

122

FC222

FC221

FC251

B140

PW205

B139

2

T202

111112

114

130

B192

B160

110

B191

1

RY201

D205

B2049

B2050

B2051

B2052

B2053

B2054

B2055

B2056

B2057

B2058

B2059

B2060

Q909

TH901

R925

Q917

Q915

R927

R929

R943

C921

C923

Q911 Q913

R935 R937

R931

R933

D905 D907

R939 R941

L901

R951

R913

CN292

R953

C911

R949

R911

R945

C925C927

Q919

C909

D909

R947

CN901

C919

R923

R961

C929

R915

R921

R959

Q901

R905

R957

R955

Q905

Q903

C901

C915

C917

R901

R963

B295

R907

C903

C907

C905

C913

R909

D901

R903

2-12

HAB C DE FG

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

DSP board

Forward side

R670

R694

R632

R643

CN687

C672

R601
R602

Q601

R609

LC632

R684

R685

IC683

R612

R611
R606
R607
R608

R673

Q670

R613

R693

C677

R677

R692

C688

IC671

R691

R603

5

4

UN663 UN664

C690

LC631

C638

UN662

UN661

R647

J601

C647

K602

C648

K601

C621

C631

IC622

R621

R627

IC611

C628

X631

R639

R628

IC621

IC681

LC641

C654

IC631

R642
R648

R681

LC671

R688 R689

R679R680

R674

C679

R678

R695

R696

IC641

R657

Q607

C641

R686

C643

C644

R633

C645

R641

R645
R644

R646
C649

K688

C687

R697

R687

C2594

C2562

K682

IC691

IC650

C2588

IC610

R2592

C2515

IC661

C2597

IC651

C2578

C2527

R2594

R2590

R2578

C2592

IC609

C2577

C2528

R2512
C2514

R2513
R2515

R2585

C2598

R2531

R2555

R2598

R2577

R2528

C2504

C2513
R2511

C2583
R2583

R2567

R2530

R2588

R2587
R2597

R2568

R2529

C2551

R2553

C2516

C2503

IC682

Q2501

C2500
R2560

IC662

IC652

R2527

C2587
R2558
R2557

R2536

R2534

C2532

R2516
R2514

R2556

R2532

R2554

C2552

CN681

C686

R2566

R2584

R2564
C2564

C2563
R2563

C2555
C2556

R2521
R2519

C2584

R2520

C2517
R2517

C685

R698

IC690

R2522

C2507

R2509

K687

X671

R661

C603

C610

R615

C611

R682

Q672

R662

C673

R663

R664

C602

IC601

K681

C684

C604

IC672

C601

R669

D607

R2510
C2508

R2535

C607

D608

R2508

R671

Q673

C2582

R672

C2533

C2531
R2533

R2586
R2582

R2565

C2561

C2540
C2539

C2581

Q671

C2534

R2518
C2518

R2507

3

Reverse side

K603

C623
R622
C622

2

TP603

TP604

TP602

1

TP605

R630

C629

C624

R623

R625

C625

R629

C637

R624

R626

TP601

C626

C636

C639

R631

C646

C635

C634

C689

R640

C653

C633

C632

TP606

C671

C693

C642

CN687

C694

C609

R675

R676

R683

C605

C612

TP607

R617 R618

C606

C681

TP515

TP514
TP517

C608

TP518

R2581

TP520

C682

TP519

R2550

R2589

C683

C661

R2537

R2538

C2589
C2590

TP511

R2500

R2561

TP509

TP510

C2512

R2551

R2552

C2585
C2586

TP512

C2570

C2569

CN681

R2562

R2501
R2502

C2525

C2575

R2525

R2526

R2576

R2595

R2596

TP502

C2526

R2575

C2576

TP501

TP503

TP504

TP505

TP506

C2595

TP507

TP508

A

BC D

2-13

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Tuner board

5

L112

B171

T111

4

B123

L111

C117

C157

C168

C133

C136

R158

3

C162

CN111

2

C158

C161

R157

D126

B199

R140

C113

B183

C135

E

B180

30

IC102

16

R162

R161

R183

CN112

[DOM]

B173

D123

D127

C111

Q111

C118

R146

C137
C139

C185

R141

R182

D121

R147

C138

C140

C186

B

B104

C141

C134

B133

C199

[DOM]

B177

X191

C112

B176

[DOM]

CF102

B188

R109

D131

R115

151

C149

E

[DOM]

R108

C165

C144

R142

C163

B132

R193

C191

R191

R111

C150

R145

Q112

B197

B124

R150

C164

C192

B196

C143

C148

B198

C146

R144

C194

R192

B

Q103

C105

C184

R194

Q113

R114

R107

R143

C197

IC191

E

T142

CF103

B131

B178

R112

Q121

B

BE

CF101

R126

C147

B175

C107

R106

R105

B174

Q102

EB

R103

B103

B182

AT101

R104

B122

B121

C195

C193

B192

B187

B181

R130

C196

C101

B195

R184

B191

C122

B105

B194

R134

D124

D125

B190

B189

B134

X121

C130

T2D

B135

B151

R128

C103

B172

R119

R129

IC121

C121

RF101

B193

R133

R132

C126

D129

B186

1

B102

C123

C128

C129

R122

R124

R127

B106

B113

B112

B111

2-14

1

A

BC D

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

PARTS LIST

[ RX-7010RBK ]

[ RX-7012RSL ]

* All printed circuit boards and its assemblies are not available as service parts.

- Contents -

Exploded view of general assembly and parts list
Electrical parts list

Packing materials and accessories parts list

Area suffix
E ----------- Continental Europe

EN ------------ Northern Europe

3- 3
3- 5
3-20

3-1

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

< MEMO >

3-2

Exploded view of general assembly and parts list

Block No.

M

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

M

1

M

48

57

56

49

DSP board

55

53

52

47

51

50

54

47

47

5

61

77

59

65

60

4

3

61

power switch board

3

5

6

1

2

2

7

14

12

17

23

71

20

24

22

42

78

Power supply
board

42

Power trans
board

Power trans
board

64

44

Speaker
board

45

43

79

63

Tuner board

S Video
board

Video

46

board

70

Power/Fuse board

Relay board

Main board

38

36

34 30

35

Center board

30

30

37

Front amp

67

66

68

39

30

board (L)

Front amp

69

DVD

board

41

Audio board

41

30

board (R)

Rear amp

board (L)

29

35

36

38

Rear amp
board (R)

32

31

19

40

58

Audio input board

41

39

26

26

25

25

71

8

10

11

9

1

62

4

System control

76

15

board

16

13

ABCD E F G

33

21

18

27

28

27

28

3-3

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

Parts list

Item Parts number Parts name Area

A

1 LV10457-004A FRONT PANEL 1 RX-7012RSL

2 VJD5429-001SS JVC MARK 1 RX-7010RBK

3 LV20950-002A LENS 1
4 LV10459-002A SUB PANEL 1 RX-7012RSL

5 LV32431-004A POWER BUTTON 1 RX-7010RBK

6 LV42096-001A INDICATOR 1 POWER
7 LV20951-001A PUSH BUTTON 1 TUNER
8 LV20919-002A PUSH BUTTON(C

9 LV20917-001A PUSH BUTTON(E

10 LV32430-001A PUSH BUTTON(F

11 LV42095-001A FL SCREEN 1
12 QYSBSF2610Z SCREW 2 FRONT C.B
13 QYSBSF2610Z SCREW 6 FRONT C.B FL
14 QUQ412-1415CJ FFC WIRE 1
15 QUQ412-2538CJ FFC WIRE 1
16 QYSDSG3006Z SCREW 4 FRONT D
17 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 3 FRONT U
18 LV10019-003A CHASSIS BASE 1
19 EXO150010H09S11 FELT SPACER 1 FOR C.BASE
20 LV10458-002A FRONT BRACKET 1
21 QYSDSG3006Z SCREW 7 C.B-F.B
22 LV42094-002A H.P. BKT 1
23 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 1 H.P BKT-F.B
24 VKZ4150-001 SPECIAL NUT 1
25 E68587-223SM CB BKT 3
26 QYSBST3006Z T.SCREW 3 C.B-BKT
27 QZF6018-003 FOOT 4 RX-7012RSL

28 QYSBST3010Z T.SCREW 4 FOOT
29 LV20916-002A HEAT SINK 1
30 E73525-003SS SCREW 10 TR
31 LV42098-001A C.B BKT 1 PRI/SEC C.B
32 QYSBST3006Z T.SCREW 1 C.B BKT
33 LV32433-001A H.S BRACKET(R
34 LV32434-001A H.S BRACKET(L
35 QYSBSG3008Z T.SCREW 4 H.S-BKT
36 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 2 H.S BKT-F.BKT
37 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 2 H.S BKT
38 QYSBST3006Z T.SCREW 2 H.S BKT-CHASSIS
39 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 2 M.C.B
40 E65923-003 TAPPING SCREW 1 M.C.B

(General assembly)

Q'ty Description

LV10457-003A FRONT PANEL 1 RX-7010RBK

VJD5429-002SS JVC MARK 1 RX-7012RSL

LV10459-001A SUB PANEL 1 RX-7010RBK

LV32431-002A POWER BUTTON 1 RX-7012RSL

1 RX-7012RSL

LV20919-001A PUSH BUTTON(C

LV20917-002A PUSH BUTTON(E

LV32430-002A PUSH BUTTON(F

QZF6018-001 FOOT 4 RX-7010RBK

1 RX-7010RBK
1 RX-7010RBK
1 RX-7012RSL
1 RX-7010RBK
1 RX-7012RSL

1
1

Block No. M1MM

Parts list

Item Parts number Parts name Area

A

41 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 3 H.S-C.B
42 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 3 P.C.B-CHASSIS
43 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 1 C.B-CHASSIS
44 QQT0316-001 POWER TRANSF

A

45 QYSDSTL4008Z SPECIAL SCREW 4 P.TRANS
46 LV20915-020A REAR PANEL 1 RX-7012RSL

47 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 3 R.P-C.BASE
48 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 1 R.P-ud--­49 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 2 TUNER
50 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 5 INPUT
51 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 3 V AUDIO
52 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 3 VIDEO
53 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 3 S VIDEO
54 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 5 DIGITAL
55 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 1 COMP C.B
56 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 5 SPK C.B
57 QMPK150-200-JD POWER CORD

A

58 QZW0033-001 STRAIN RELIEF

A

59 LE20131-010A/S/ TOP COVER 1 RX-7010RBK

60 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 3
61 E406308-004 SPECIAL SCREW 4 RX-7012RSL

62 LV32435-004A VOLUME KNOB 1 RX-7012RSL

63 QMF51E2-2R5-J1 FUSE

A

64 QMF51E2-2R0-J1 FUSE

A

65 E409396-001 CAUTION LABEL 1
66 QYSBSG3008E T.SCREW 1
67 QYSBSG3008E T.SCREW 1
68 QYSBSG3008E T.SCREW 1
69 QYSBSG3008E T.SCREW 2
70 QYSBSG3008E T.SCREW 2
71 LV30225-097A SPACER 2
76 LV20952-001A PUSH BUTTON 1 RDS
77 LV30077-006A PROTECT SHEET 1 RX-7012RSL

78 QMF51E2-R10-J1 FUSE
79 E307572-001 FASTENER 1

(General assembly)

Q'ty Description

1 BANDO

LV20915-019A REAR PANEL 1 RX-7010RBK

1
1

LE20131-011A/S/ METAL COVER 1 RX-7012RSL

E406308-003 SPECIAL SCREW 4 RX-7010RBK

LV32435-003A VOL KNOB 1 RX-7010RBK

1 F201
2 F202 F203

LV30077-004A PROTECT SHEET 1 RX-7010RBK

1 F205

Block No. M1MM

3-4

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Electrical parts list

Item

A

C 201 QFLC2AJ-104Z M CAPACITOR .10MF 5% 100V
C 202 QFLC2AJ-104Z M CAPACITOR .10MF 5% 100V
C 203 QFLC2AJ-104Z M CAPACITOR .10MF 5% 100V
C 204 QETM1VM-228 E CAPACITOR 2200MF 20% 35V
C 205 QETM1VM-108 E CAPACITOR 1000MF 20% 35V
C 206 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 207 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 208 QFLC2AJ-472Z M CAPACITOR 4700PF 5% 100V
C 209 QETN1EM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 25V
C 210 QCZ9104-472 C CAPACITOR

A

C 212 QETN1CM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 16V
C 213 QETM0JM-228 E CAPACITOR 2200MF 20% 6.3V
C 218 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V
C 221 QCS31HJ-471Z C CAPACITOR 470PF 5% 50V
C 301 QEHR1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C 302 QEHR1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C 303 QCS31HJ-271Z C CAPACITOR 270PF 5% 50V
C 304 QCS31HJ-271Z C CAPACITOR 270PF 5% 50V
C 305 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C 306 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C 307 QCB31HK-152Z C CAPACITOR 1500PF 10% 50V
C 308 QCB31HK-152Z C CAPACITOR 1500PF 10% 50V
C 309 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V
C 310 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V
C 311 QCS31HJ-100Z C CAPACITOR 10PF 5% 50V
C 312 QCS31HJ-100Z C CAPACITOR 10PF 5% 50V
C 313 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V
C 314 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V
C 315 QCS32HJ-220Z C CAPACITOR 22PF 5% 500V
C 316 QCS32HJ-220Z C CAPACITOR 22PF 5% 500V
C 317 QEHR1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 35V
C 318 QEHR1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 35V
C 319 QETN1JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 63V
C 320 QETN1JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 63V
C 321 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 322 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 323 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 324 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 325 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 326 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 327 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 328 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 501 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 502 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 503 QETN0JM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 6.3V
C 504 QCS31HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 50V
C 505 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 506 QETN0JM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 6.3V
C 507 QCS31HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 50V
C 511 QETN1CM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000MF 20% 16V
C 512 QCBB1HK-223Y C CAPACITOR .022MF 10% 50V
C 521 QCBB1HK-221Y C CAPACITOR 220PF 10% 50V
C 522 QCZ0202-155Z ML C CAPACITOR 1.5MF
C 801 QEHR1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C 802 QEHR1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C 803 QCS31HJ-271Z C CAPACITOR 270PF 5% 50V
C 804 QCS31HJ-271Z C CAPACITOR 270PF 5% 50V
C 805 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C 806 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C 807 QCB31HK-152Z C CAPACITOR 1500PF 10% 50V
C 808 QCB31HK-152Z C CAPACITOR 1500PF 10% 50V
C 809 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V
C 810 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V

Parts number Parts name Area

(Power amp board)

Remarks

4700PF

Block No. 01

Item

A

C 811 QCS31HJ-100Z C CAPACITOR 10PF 5% 50V
C 812 QCS31HJ-100Z C CAPACITOR 10PF 5% 50V
C 813 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V
C 814 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V
C 815 QCS32HJ-330Z C CAPACITOR 33PF 5% 500V
C 816 QCS32HJ-330Z C CAPACITOR 33PF 5% 500V
C 817 QEHR1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V
C 818 QEHR1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V
C 819 QEHR2AM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 100V
C 820 QEHR2AM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 100V
C 821 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 822 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 823 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 824 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 825 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 826 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 827 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 828 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 829 QETN1HM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 50V
C 830 QETN1HM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 50V
C 901 QEHR1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C 903 QCS31HJ-271Z C CAPACITOR 270PF 5% 50V
C 905 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C 907 QCB31HK-152Z C CAPACITOR 1500PF 10% 50V
C 909 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V
C 911 QCS31HJ-100Z C CAPACITOR 10PF 5% 50V
C 913 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V
C 915 QCS32HJ-330Z C CAPACITOR 33PF 5% 500V
C 917 QEHR1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V
C 919 QEHR2AM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 100V
C 921 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 923 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 925 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 927 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 929 QETN1HM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 50V
CN201 QGF1205C1-14 CONNECTOR
CN203 QGD2501C1-05Z SOCKET
CN241 QGD2501C1-05Z SOCKET
CN251 QGA3901F2-03 CONNECTOR
CN291 QGB2510J1-04 CONNECTOR
CN292 QGB2510K1-04 CONNECTOR
CN301 QGB2510K1-14 CONNECTOR
CN302 QGB2510K1-14 CONNECTOR
CN492 QGB2510K1-04 CONNECTOR
CN501 QGB2510K1-07 CONNECTOR
CN801 QGB2510K1-14 CONNECTOR
CN802 QGB2510K1-14 CONNECTOR
CN901 QGB2510K1-14 CONNECTOR
C1331 QDGB1HK-102Y C CAPACITOR
C1332 QDGB1HK-102Y C CAPACITOR
D 201 10E2-FD DIODE

A

D 202 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 203 10E2-FD DIODE

A

D 204 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 206 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 207 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 208 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 209 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 210 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 211 MTZJ6.8C-T2 Z DIODE
D 212 1SR139-400-T4 DIODE
D 217 MTZJ6.2C-T2 Z DIODE
D 218 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

Parts number Parts name Area

Remarks

3-5

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

)

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Electrical parts list

Item

A

D 219 1SR139-400-T4 DIODE
D 220 1SR139-400-T4 DIODE
D 221 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 301 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 302 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 303 SLR-342MC-T LED
D 304 SLR-342MC-T LED
D 305 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 306 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 307 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 308 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 309 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 310 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 801 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 802 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 805 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 806 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 807 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 808 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 809 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 810 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 901 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 905 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 907 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 909 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
EP 1 E409182-001SM GRAND TERMINAL
EP201 QNZ0136-001Z EARTH PLATE
FC211 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP
FC212 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP
FC221 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP
FC222 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP
FC231 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP
FC232 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP
FC251 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP F205
FC252 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP F205
FW201 QUM137-13Z4Z4 PARA RIBON WIRE
FW251 QUM133-08Z4Z4 PARA RIBON WIRE
IC501 NJM2246D IC
J 501 QNN0063-001 PIN JACK
J 502 QNN0063-001 PIN JACK VCR(R/P
J 503 QNN0017-002 PIN JACK DBS
J 521 QNS0073-001 JACK
J1331 QNS0022-001 JACK
L 301 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR
L 302 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR
L 801 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR
L 802 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR
L 901 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

202 KRC105M-T D TRANSISTOR
203 KTC3203/OY/-T TRANSISTOR
205 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
206 KRC105M-T D TRANSISTOR
207 KRC105M-T D TRANSISTOR
208 KRC105M-T D TRANSISTOR
209 KRC105M-T D TRANSISTOR
210 KRC105M-T D TRANSISTOR
301 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
302 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
303 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
304 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
305 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
306 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
307 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

(Power amp board)

Remarks

Block No. 01

Item

A

A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A

A
A

R 201 QRJ146J-4R7X UNF C RESISTORA4.7 5% 1/4W
R 203 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 204 QRJ146J-821X UNF C RESISTORA820 5% 1/4W
R 208 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 209 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R 210 QRJ146J-680X UNF C RESISTORA68 5% 1/4W
R 221 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 301 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R 302 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R 303 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 304 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 305 QRE141J-153Y C RESISTOR 15K 5% 1/4W
R 306 QRE141J-153Y C RESISTOR 15K 5% 1/4W
R 307 QRE141J-272Y C RESISTOR 2.7K 5% 1/4W
R 308 QRE141J-272Y C RESISTOR 2.7K 5% 1/4W
R 309 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W
R 310 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W
R 311 QRJ146J-391X UNF C RESISTORA390 5% 1/4W

Parts number Parts name Area

308 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
309 2SD637/QR/ TRANSISTOR
310 2SD637/QR/ TRANSISTOR
311 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
312 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
313 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
314 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
315 2SD2390/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
316 2SD2390/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
317 2SB1560/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
318 2SB1560/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
319 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
320 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
501 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR
502 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
503 KRC101M-T TRANSISTOR
504 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR
505 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
801 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
802 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
803 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
804 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
805 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
806 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
809 2SD637/QR/ TRANSISTOR
810 2SD637/QR/ TRANSISTOR
811 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
812 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
813 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
814 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
815 2SD2390/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
816 2SD2390/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
817 2SB1560/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
818 2SB1560/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
819 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
820 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
901 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
903 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
905 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
909 2SD637/QR/ TRANSISTOR
911 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
913 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
915 2SD2390/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
917 2SB1560/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
919 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

FOR OTHER
FOR OTHER
FOR OTHER
FOR OTHER

FOR OTHER
FOR OTHER
FOR OTHER
FOR OTHER

FOR OTHER
FOR OTHER

Remarks

3-6

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Electrical parts list

Item

A

R 312 QRJ146J-391X UNF C RESISTORA390 5% 1/4W
R 313 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 314 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 315 QRJ146J-271X UNF C RESISTORA270 5% 1/4W
R 316 QRJ146J-271X UNF C RESISTORA270 5% 1/4W
R 317 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 318 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 319 QRJ146J-471X UNF C RESISTORA470 5% 1/4W
R 320 QRJ146J-471X UNF C RESISTORA470 5% 1/4W
R 321 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 322 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 323 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 324 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 325 QRE141J-361Y C RESISTOR 360 5% 1/4W
R 326 QRE141J-361Y C RESISTOR 360 5% 1/4W
R 327 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 328 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 329 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 330 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 331 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 332 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 333 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 334 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 335 QRE141J-121Y C RESISTOR 120 5% 1/4W
R 336 QRE141J-121Y C RESISTOR 120 5% 1/4W
R 337 QRE141J-121Y C RESISTOR 120 5% 1/4W
R 338 QRE141J-121Y C RESISTOR 120 5% 1/4W
R 339 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 340 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 341 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 342 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 343 QRZ0218-R22 EMIT RESISTOR

A

R 344 QRZ0218-R22 EMIT RESISTOR

A

R 345 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 346 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 347 QRE141J-153Y C RESISTOR 15K 5% 1/4W
R 348 QRE141J-153Y C RESISTOR 15K 5% 1/4W
R 349 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 350 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 351 QRJ125J-330 UNF C RESISTORA33 5% 1/2W
R 352 QRJ125J-330 UNF C RESISTORA33 5% 1/2W
R 353 QRL022J-100 UNF OMF RESISTORA10 5% 1/2W
R 354 QRL022J-100 UNF OMF RESISTORA10 5% 1/2W
R 501 QRE141J-331Y C RESISTOR 330 5% 1/4W
R 502 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 503 QRE141J-331Y C RESISTOR 330 5% 1/4W
R 504 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 505 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 506 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 507 QRE141J-331Y C RESISTOR 330 5% 1/4W
R 508 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 509 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 510 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 511 QRE141J-151Y C RESISTOR 150 5% 1/4W
R 512 QRE141J-271Y C RESISTOR 270 5% 1/4W
R 513 QRE141J-152Y C RESISTOR 1.5K 5% 1/4W
R 514 QRE141J-151Y C RESISTOR 150 5% 1/4W
R 515 QRE141J-271Y C RESISTOR 270 5% 1/4W
R 516 QRE141J-152Y C RESISTOR 1.5K 5% 1/4W
R 521 QRE141J-221Y C RESISTOR 220 5% 1/4W
R 522 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 801 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R 802 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W

Parts number Parts name Area

(Power amp board)

1/2W
1/2W

Remarks

Block No. 01

Item

A

R 803 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 804 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 805 QRE141J-183Y C RESISTOR 18K 5% 1/4W
R 806 QRE141J-183Y C RESISTOR 18K 5% 1/4W
R 807 QRE141J-302Y C RESISTOR 3.0K 5% 1/4W
R 808 QRE141J-302Y C RESISTOR 3.0K 5% 1/4W
R 809 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W
R 810 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W
R 811 QRJ146J-391X UNF C RESISTORA390 5% 1/4W
R 812 QRJ146J-391X UNF C RESISTORA390 5% 1/4W
R 813 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 814 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 815 QRJ146J-331X UNF C RESISTORA330 5% 1/4W
R 816 QRJ146J-331X UNF C RESISTORA330 5% 1/4W
R 821 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 822 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 823 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 824 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 825 QRE141J-361Y C RESISTOR 360 5% 1/4W
R 826 QRE141J-361Y C RESISTOR 360 5% 1/4W
R 827 QRE141J-911Y C RESISTOR 910 5% 1/4W
R 828 QRE141J-911Y C RESISTOR 910 5% 1/4W
R 829 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 830 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 831 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 832 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 833 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 834 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 835 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 836 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 837 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 838 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 839 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 840 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 841 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 842 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 843 QRZ0218-R22 EMIT RESISTOR

A

R 844 QRZ0218-R22 EMIT RESISTOR

A

R 845 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 846 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 847 QRE141J-183Y C RESISTOR 18K 5% 1/4W
R 848 QRE141J-183Y C RESISTOR 18K 5% 1/4W
R 849 QRE141J-123Y C RESISTOR 12K 5% 1/4W
R 850 QRE141J-123Y C RESISTOR 12K 5% 1/4W
R 851 QRJ125J-330 UNF C RESISTORA33 5% 1/2W
R 852 QRJ125J-330 UNF C RESISTORA33 5% 1/2W
R 853 QRL022J-100 UNF OMF RESISTORA10 5% 1/2W
R 854 QRL022J-100 UNF OMF RESISTORA10 5% 1/2W
R 855 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 856 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 857 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 858 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 859 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 860 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 861 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 862 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 901 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R 903 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 905 QRE141J-183Y C RESISTOR 18K 5% 1/4W
R 907 QRE141J-302Y C RESISTOR 3.0K 5% 1/4W
R 909 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W
R 911 QRJ146J-301X UNF C RESISTORA300 5% 1/4W
R 913 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W

Parts number Parts name Area

1/2W
1/2W

Remarks

3-7

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Electrical parts list

Item

A

R 915 QRJ146J-331X UNF C RESISTORA330 5% 1/4W
R 921 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 923 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 925 QRE141J-361Y C RESISTOR 360 5% 1/4W
R 927 QRE141J-911Y C RESISTOR 910 5% 1/4W
R 929 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 931 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 933 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 935 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 937 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 939 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 941 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 943 QRZ0218-R22 EMIT RESISTOR

A

R 945 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 947 QRE141J-183Y C RESISTOR 18K 5% 1/4W
R 949 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 951 QRJ125J-330 UNF C RESISTORA33 5% 1/2W
R 953 QRL022J-100 UNF OMF RESISTORA10 5% 1/2W
R 955 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 957 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 959 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 961 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
RY202 QSK0098-001 RELAY

A

RY203 QSK0109-001 RELAY

A

R1331 QRL022J-471 UNF OMF RESISTORA470 5% 1/2W
R1332 QRL022J-471 UNF OMF RESISTORA470 5% 1/2W
T 202 QQT0281-002 POWER TRANSF

A

TA201 QNZ0079-001Z TAB
TA202 QNZ0079-001Z TAB
TH301 QAD0012-202 THERMISTOR

A

TH302 QAD0012-202 THERMISTOR

A

TH801 QAD0012-202 THERMISTOR

A

TH802 QAD0012-202 THERMISTOR

A

TH901 QAD0012-202 THERMISTOR

A

VR301 QVP0008-102Z SEMI V RESISTOR
VR302 QVP0008-102Z SEMI V RESISTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(Power amp board)

1/2W

Block No. 01

Remarks

3-8

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Electrical parts list

Item

A

C 400 QCBB1HK-223Y C CAPACITOR .022MF 10% 50V
C 401 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 402 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 403 QCBB1HK-101Y C CAPACITOR 100PF 10% 50V
C 404 QCBB1HK-101Y C CAPACITOR 100PF 10% 50V
C 405 QETN1AM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 10V
C 406 QETN1AM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 10V
C 407 QCS31HJ-101Z C CAPACITOR 100PF 5% 50V
C 408 QCS31HJ-101Z C CAPACITOR 100PF 5% 50V
C 409 QFLC1HJ-182Z M CAPACITOR 1800PF 5% 50V
C 410 QFLC1HJ-182Z M CAPACITOR 1800PF 5% 50V
C 411 QFLC1HJ-682Z M CAPACITOR 6800PF 5% 50V
C 412 QFLC1HJ-682Z M CAPACITOR 6800PF 5% 50V
C 413 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 414 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 415 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V
C 416 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V
C 417 QCBB1HK-331Y C CAPACITOR 330PF 10% 50V
C 418 QCBB1HK-331Y C CAPACITOR 330PF 10% 50V
C 419 QCBB1HK-223Y C CAPACITOR .022MF 10% 50V
C 420 QCBB1HK-223Y C CAPACITOR .022MF 10% 50V
C 421 QCBB1HK-331Y C CAPACITOR 330PF 10% 50V
C 422 QCBB1HK-331Y C CAPACITOR 330PF 10% 50V
C 427 QCBB1HK-681Y C CAPACITOR 680PF 10% 50V
C 428 QCBB1HK-681Y C CAPACITOR 680PF 10% 50V
C 433 QCBB1HK-681Y C CAPACITOR 680PF 10% 50V
C 434 QCBB1HK-681Y C CAPACITOR 680PF 10% 50V
C 440 QCBB1HK-221Y C CAPACITOR 220PF 10% 50V
C 441 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 442 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 443 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 444 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 445 QCBB1HK-223Y C CAPACITOR .022MF 10% 50V
C 446 QCBB1HK-223Y C CAPACITOR .022MF 10% 50V
C 551 QDX31EM-473Z C CAPACITOR
C 552 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 553 QDX31EM-473Z C CAPACITOR
C 554 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 555 QDX31EM-473Z C CAPACITOR
C 556 QETN0JM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 6.3V
C 557 QCS31HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 50V
C 558 QCS31HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 50V
C 559 QDX31EM-473Z C CAPACITOR
C 560 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 561 QDX31EM-473Z C CAPACITOR
C 562 QETN0JM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 6.3V
C 563 QCS31HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 50V
C 564 QCS31HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 50V
C 581 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V
C 582 QCZ0205-155Z ML C CAPACITOR 1.5MF
C 583 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V
C 584 QCZ0205-155Z ML C CAPACITOR 1.5MF
CN311 QGB2510J1-14 CONNECTOR
CN312 QGB2510J1-14 CONNECTOR
CN321 QGB2510J1-14 CONNECTOR
CN331 QGB2510J1-14 CONNECTOR
CN332 QGB2510J1-14 CONNECTOR
CN351 QJK012-032403 SKT WIRE ASSY
CN371 QJP001-031201 SHI CR C-B WIRE
CN372 QJP002-021201 SHI CR C-B WIRE
CN373 QJP001-031201 SHI CR C-B WIRE
CN401 QGB2510K1-14 CONNECTOR
CN551 QGB2510K1-07 CONNECTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(Main board)

Remarks

Block No. 02

Item

A

C1301 QFZ9076-104Z MM CAPACITOR .10MF
C1302 QCE22HP-103 C CAPACITOR .010MF +100:-0%
C1303 QCE22HP-103 C CAPACITOR .010MF +100:-0%
C1304 QEZ0341-688 E CAPACITER 6800MF
C1305 QEZ0341-688 E CAPACITER 6800MF
C1306 QETN1EM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 25V
C1308 QETN1HM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 50V
C1309 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C1310 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V
C1311 QEKC1HM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 50V
C1351 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1352 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1353 QEKC1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1354 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1355 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR .022MF 5% 50V
C1356 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C1357 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR .022MF 5% 50V
C1358 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C1359 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V
C1360 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V
C1361 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR .022MF 5% 50V
C1362 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C1363 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR .022MF 5% 50V
C1364 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C1365 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C1366 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C1367 QCBB1HK-221Y C CAPACITOR 220PF 10% 50V
C1368 QFLC1HJ-102Z M CAPACITOR 1000PF 5% 50V
C1369 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR .022MF 5% 50V
C1370 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C1371 QCBB1HK-221Y C CAPACITOR 220PF 10% 50V
C1372 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C1373 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR .022MF 5% 50V
C1374 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C1375 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C1376 QCBB1HK-221Y C CAPACITOR 220PF 10% 50V
C1377 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V
C1378 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V
D1301 30DF2-FC DIODE

A

D1302 30DF2-FC DIODE

A

D1303 30DF2-FC DIODE

A

D1304 30DF2-FC DIODE

A

D1305 MTZJ22C-T2 Z DIODE
D1306 MTZJ30C-T2 Z DIODE
D1307 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D1308 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D1309 MTZJ20C-T2 Z DIODE
D1351 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D1352 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D1353 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D1354 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D1355 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D1356 MTZJ5.1C-T2 Z DIODE
D1357 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D1358 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D1359 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D1360 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
EP301 QNZ0136-001Z EARTH PLATE
FW301 QUM135-25Z4Z4 PARA RIBON WIRE
FW302 QUM136-25Z4Z4 PARA RIBON WIRE
FW303 QUM135-28DGZ4 PARA RIBON WIRE
FW341 QUM135-20DGZ4 SOCKET
IC401 NJM4580D-D IC

Parts number Parts name Area

Remarks

3-9

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Electrical parts list

Item

A

IC402 TC9164AN IC
IC403 BA15218N IC
IC551 NJM2246D IC
IC552 NJM2246D IC
J 401 QNN0389-001 PIN JACK PHONO
J 402 QNN0168-001 PIN JACK
J 403 QNN0168-001 PIN JACK
J 551 QND0083-001 S JACK
J 552 QND0083-001 S JACK
J 553 QND0025-001 S JACK DBS
K 551 QQR0621-001Z FERRITE BEADS
K 552 QQR0621-001Z FERRITE BEADS
L1351 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR
L1352 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR
L1353 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR
L1354 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR
L1355 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR

A

R 401 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R 402 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R 403 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 404 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 405 QRE141J-561Y C RESISTOR 560 5% 1/4W
R 406 QRE141J-561Y C RESISTOR 560 5% 1/4W
R 407 QRE141J-393Y C RESISTOR 39K 5% 1/4W
R 408 QRE141J-393Y C RESISTOR 39K 5% 1/4W
R 409 QRE141J-474Y C RESISTOR 470K 5% 1/4W
R 410 QRE141J-474Y C RESISTOR 470K 5% 1/4W
R 411 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R 412 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R 421 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 422 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 423 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R 424 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R 425 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 426 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 429 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 430 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 431 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 432 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 435 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 436 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 440 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W

Parts number Parts name Area

553 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR
554 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR
571 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR
572 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR
573 KRC110M-T TRANSISTOR
574 KRC110M-T TRANSISTOR
1301 KTA1046/Y/ TRANSISTOR
1302 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
1303 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
1304 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
1305 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR
1306 KTA1023/OY/-T TRANSISTOR
1307 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
1351 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR
1352 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR
1353 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR
1354 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR
1355 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR
1356 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR
1357 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR
1358 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR

(Main board)

Remarks

Block No. 02

Item

A

R 441 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R 442 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R 443 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R 444 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R 445 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R 446 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R 449 QRJ146J-271X UNF C RESISTORA270 5% 1/4W
R 450 QRJ146J-271X UNF C RESISTORA270 5% 1/4W
R 551 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 552 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 553 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 554 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 555 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 556 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 557 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 558 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 559 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 560 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 561 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 562 QRE141J-750Y C RESISTOR 75 5% 1/4W
R 563 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 564 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 565 QRE141J-391Y C RESISTOR 390 5% 1/4W
R 566 QRE141J-391Y C RESISTOR 390 5% 1/4W
R 571 QRE141J-391Y C RESISTOR 390 5% 1/4W
R 572 QRE141J-391Y C RESISTOR 390 5% 1/4W
R 573 QRE141J-103Y C RESISTOR 10K 5% 1/4W
R 574 QRE141J-103Y C RESISTOR 10K 5% 1/4W
R 581 QRJ146J-6R8X UNF C RESISTORA6.8 5% 1/4W
RY301 QSK0109-001 RELAY

A

RY302 QSK0109-001 RELAY

A

RY303 QSK0109-001 RELAY

A

RY304 QSK0109-001 RELAY

A

R1301 QRL022J-562 UNF OMF RESISTORA5.6K 5% 1/2W
R1302 QRZ9005-100X F RESISTOR

A

R1303 QRJ146J-562X UNF C RESISTORA5.6K 5% 1/4W
R1304 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R1305 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R1306 QRE141J-823Y C RESISTOR 82K 5% 1/4W
R1307 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R1308 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R1309 QRE141J-103Y C RESISTOR 10K 5% 1/4W
R1310 QRE141J-103Y C RESISTOR 10K 5% 1/4W
R1311 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R1312 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W
R1313 QRZ9005-100X F RESISTOR

A

R1314 QRJ146J-103X UNF C RESISTORA10K 5% 1/4W
R1315 QRJ146J-2R2X UNF C RESISTORA2.2 5% 1/4W
R1316 QRJ146J-102X UNF C RESISTORA1.0K 5% 1/4W
R1317 QRJ146J-223X UNF C RESISTORA22K 5% 1/4W
R1318 QRE141J-223Y C RESISTOR 22K 5% 1/4W
R1319 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R1351 QRJ146J-680X UNF C RESISTORA68 5% 1/4W
R1352 QRJ146J-680X UNF C RESISTORA68 5% 1/4W
R1353 QRJ146J-680X UNF C RESISTORA68 5% 1/4W
R1354 QRJ146J-680X UNF C RESISTORA68 5% 1/4W
R1355 QRJ146J-392X UNF C RESISTORA3.9K 5% 1/4W
R1356 QRE141J-472Y C RESISTOR 4.7K 5% 1/4W
R1357 QRE141J-223Y C RESISTOR 22K 5% 1/4W
R1358 QRE141J-682Y C RESISTOR 6.8K 5% 1/4W
R1359 QRE141J-472Y C RESISTOR 4.7K 5% 1/4W
R1360 QRE141J-472Y C RESISTOR 4.7K 5% 1/4W
R1361 QRE141J-472Y C RESISTOR 4.7K 5% 1/4W

Parts number Parts name Area

10 1/0W

10 1/0W

Remarks

3-10

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Electrical parts list

Item

A

R1362 QRE141J-472Y C RESISTOR 4.7K 5% 1/4W
R1363 QRE141J-472Y C RESISTOR 4.7K 5% 1/4W
R1364 QRE141J-223Y C RESISTOR 22K 5% 1/4W
R1365 QRE141J-682Y C RESISTOR 6.8K 5% 1/4W
R1366 QRE141J-223Y C RESISTOR 22K 5% 1/4W
R1367 QRE141J-682Y C RESISTOR 6.8K 5% 1/4W
R1368 QRJ146J-2R7X UNF C RESISTORA2.7 5% 1/4W
R1369 QRJ146J-2R7X UNF C RESISTORA2.7 5% 1/4W
R1370 QRJ146J-2R7X UNF C RESISTORA2.7 5% 1/4W
R1371 QRJ146J-2R7X UNF C RESISTORA2.7 5% 1/4W
R1372 QRJ146J-2R7X UNF C RESISTORA2.7 5% 1/4W
R1373 QRJ146J-2R7X UNF C RESISTORA2.7 5% 1/4W
R1374 QRJ146J-2R7X UNF C RESISTORA2.7 5% 1/4W
ST301 QNB0047-001 SPK TERMINAL SPK1 FOR OTHER
ST302 QNB0001-002 SPK TERMINAL SPK2
ST303 QNB0101-001 SPK TERMINAL CNT/SR FOR OTHE

Parts number Parts name Area

(Main board)

Remarks

Block No. 02

3-11

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Electrical parts list

Item

A

BK701 LV42093-001A FL HOLDER(L)
BK702 LV42092-001A FL HOLDER(R)
C 451 NCB31HK-331X C CAPACITOR
C 452 NCB31HK-331X C CAPACITOR
C 453 NCB31HK-331X C CAPACITOR
C 454 NCB31HK-331X C CAPACITOR
C 455 NCB31HK-331X C CAPACITOR
C 456 NCB31HK-331X C CAPACITOR
C 459 QFLC1HJ-104Z M CAPACITOR .10MF 5% 50V
C 460 QCZ0202-155Z ML C CAPACITOR 1.5MF
C 701 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 702 QCZ0202-155Z ML C CAPACITOR 1.5MF
C 703 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V
C 704 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR
C 705 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 706 NCB21HK-331X C CAPACITOR
C 707 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 708 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 709 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 713 NCB21HK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 714 NCB21HK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 715 NCB21HK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 716 NCB21HK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 717 NCB21HK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 718 NCB21HK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 719 NCB21HK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 720 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR
C 721 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR
C 722 QCZ0202-155Z ML C CAPACITOR 1.5MF
C 730 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR
CN402 QGF1205C1-25 CONNECTOR
CN403 QGA2001C1-04 4P PLUG ASSY
CN411 QGB2501J1-12 CONNECTOR
CN412 QGB2501J1-04 CONNECTOR
CN421 QGB2510J1-14 CONNECTOR
CN431 QGB2510J1-11 CONNECTOR
CN441 QGB2510J1-07 CONNECTOR
CN451 QGB2510K1-11 CONNECTOR
CN461 QGB2510J1-07 CONNECTOR
CN471 QGA2501C1-03 3P CONNECTOR
CN472 QGA2501C1-02 2P CONNECTOR
CN473 QGA2501C1-03 3P CONNECTOR
CN481 QGB2510J1-20 CONNECTOR
CN491 QGB2510J1-04 CONNECTOR
CN701 QGF1205F1-14 CONNECTOR
CN702 QGF1205F1-25 CONNECTOR
CN703 WJS0021-001A SIN CR C-B WIRE
CN704 WJS0020-001A SKT WIRE ASS'Y
CN714 QGA2001C1-03 3P PLUG ASSY
C1401 QETN1HM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 50V
C1402 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V
C1403 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V
C1404 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V
C1405 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V
C1406 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V
C1407 QCF31HZ-223Z C CAPACITOR .022MF +80:-20%
C1408 QETN1EM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 25V
C1409 QETN1EM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 25V
C1410 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR
C1411 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR
C1412 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1413 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1414 NCB31HK-101X C CAPACITOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(System control & Audio board)

Remarks

Block No. 03

Item

A

C1415 NCB31HK-101X C CAPACITOR
C1416 QETN1HM-474Z E CAPACITOR .47MF 20% 50V
C1417 QETN1HM-474Z E CAPACITOR .47MF 20% 50V
C1418 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR .022MF 5% 50V
C1419 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR .022MF 5% 50V
C1420 QEKC1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1421 QEKC1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1422 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1423 QEKC1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1424 QEKC1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1425 QETN1AM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 10V
C1426 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR
C1427 QFVF1HJ-334Z MF CAPACITOR .33MF 5% 50V
C1428 QFLC1HJ-153Z M CAPACITOR .015MF 5% 50V
C1429 QCB31HK-822Z C CAPACITOR 8200PF 10% 50V
C1430 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1431 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1432 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR
C1433 QFVF1HJ-334Z MF CAPACITOR .33MF 5% 50V
C1434 QFLC1HJ-153Z M CAPACITOR .015MF 5% 50V
C1435 QCB31HK-822Z C CAPACITOR 8200PF 10% 50V
C1436 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR
C1437 QCZ0202-155Z ML C CAPACITOR 1.5MF
C1438 QETN0JM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 6.3V
C1439 QFLC1HJ-562Z M CAPACITOR 5600PF 5% 50V
C1440 QFLC1HJ-562Z M CAPACITOR 5600PF 5% 50V
C1443 QCZ0202-155Z ML C CAPACITOR 1.5MF
C1444 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR
C1445 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR
C1446 NCB31HK-221X C CAPACITOR
C1447 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1453 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1459 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
D 701 1SS355-X DIODE
D 702 1SS355-X DIODE
D 719 SLR-342VC-T LED
DI701 QLF0082-001 FL TUBE
D1401 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE
D1402 MTZJ6.2C-T2 Z DIODE
D1403 MTZJ5.6C-T2 Z DIODE
D1404 MTZJ5.6C-T2 Z DIODE
D1405 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE
D1406 MTZJ10C-T2 Z DIODE
D1407 MTZJ7.5C-T2 Z DIODE
D1408 MTZJ7.5C-T2 Z DIODE
D1409 1SS355-X DIODE
D1410 1SS355-X DIODE
D1411 1SS355-X DIODE
D1412 1SS355-X DIODE
D1413 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE
EP401 QNZ0136-001Z EARTH PLATE
FL401 QQR0590-001 FILTER
FL402 QQR0590-001 FILTER
HS401 E70306-001 HEAT SINK
HS402 E70306-001 HEAT SINK
HS403 E70306-001 HEAT SINK
HS404 E70306-001 HEAT SINK
HS405 E70306-001 HEAT SINK
HS434 E70306-001 HEAT SINK
HS435 E70306-001 HEAT SINK
IC421 BA15218F-XE IC
IC422 BA15218F-XE IC
IC423 TC9162AF-X IC

Parts number Parts name Area

Remarks

3-12

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Electrical parts list

Item

A

IC427 BA15218F-XE IC
IC428 M62446FP-X IC
IC701 MN101C35DHK1 IC
IC702 IC-PST9139-T IC
IC703 GP1U281X IC
J 404 QNN0389-001 PIN JACK DVD-FL/FR
J 405 QNN0388-001 PIN JACK
J 406 QNN0060-001 PIN JACK SW OUT
JS701 QSW0898-001 JOG VOLUME

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A

R 451 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
R 452 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
R 453 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
R 454 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
R 455 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
R 456 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
R 475 NRSA63J-203X MG RESISTOR
R 476 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR
R 477 QRZ9006-4R7X F RESISTOR

A

R 478 QRJ146J-2R2X UNF C RESISTORA2.2 5% 1/4W
R 479 QRJ146J-2R2X UNF C RESISTORA2.2 5% 1/4W
R 480 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR
R 483 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 484 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R 485 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

701 DTC114YKA-X D TRANSISTOR
702 DTC114TKA-X TRANSISTOR
703 DTC144WKA-X TRANSISTOR
704 DTC114YKA-X D TRANSISTOR
707 DTC114YKA-X D TRANSISTOR
708 DTC114YKA-X D TRANSISTOR
709 DTC114YKA-X D TRANSISTOR
711 DTA144EKA-X TRANSISTOR
1401 KTA1046/Y/ TRANSISTOR
1402 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR
1403 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR
1404 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR
1405 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR
1406 KTC3203/OY/-T TRANSISTOR
1407 KTC3203/OY/-T TRANSISTOR
1408 KTA1271/OY/-T TRANSISTOR
1409 2SK301/PQ/-T TRANSISTOR(FET)
1410 2SK301/PQ/-T TRANSISTOR(FET)
1411 2SK301/PQ/-T TRANSISTOR(FET)
1412 2SK301/PQ/-T TRANSISTOR(FET)
1413 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR
1414 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR
1415 KRA104M-T D TRANSISTOR
1416 KRC104M-T D TRANSISTOR
1417 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR
1418 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR
1419 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR
1420 KRA104M-T D TRANSISTOR
1421 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR
1422 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR
1423 KRA104M-T D TRANSISTOR
1424 KRA104M-T D TRANSISTOR
1425 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR
1426 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR
1431 KRC104M-T D TRANSISTOR
1432 KRC104M-T D TRANSISTOR
1433 KRC104M-T D TRANSISTOR
1434 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR
1435 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR

(System control & Audio board)

Remarks

4.7 1/0W

Block No. 03

Item

A

R 486 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R 487 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 488 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R 489 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR
R 490 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR
R 491 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR
R 492 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R 493 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R 494 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R 495 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R 701 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R 702 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R 703 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 704 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
R 705 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 706 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 707 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 708 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 709 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 710 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 711 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R 712 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 713 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 714 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 715 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 716 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 717 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 718 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 719 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 720 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R 721 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 722 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 723 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 724 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR
R 725 NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR
R 726 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R 727 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR
R 728 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 729 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 730 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 731 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR
R 732 NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR
R 733 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R 734 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR
R 735 NRSA63J-392X MG RESISTOR
R 736 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 737 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 738 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 739 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR
R 740 NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR
R 741 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R 742 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR
R 743 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 744 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 745 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 746 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR
R 747 NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR
R 748 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R 749 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR
R 750 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 751 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 752 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 753 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

Remarks

3-13

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Electrical parts list

Item

A

R 754 NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR
R 757 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 758 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 759 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 760 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 761 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 762 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 763 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 768 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 769 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 770 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 775 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 780 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 781 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 782 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 783 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 784 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 785 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 786 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 787 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 788 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 789 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 790 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 791 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 792 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 793 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 794 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 795 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 796 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 797 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 798 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 799 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R1401 QRZ9005-100X F RESISTOR

A

R1402 QRJ146J-182X UNF C RESISTORA1.8K 5% 1/4W
R1403 QRZ9005-120X F RESISTOR

A

R1404 QRJ146J-272X UNF C RESISTORA2.7K 5% 1/4W
R1405 QRZ9005-120X F RESISTOR

A

R1406 QRK126J-682X UNF C RESISTORA6.8K 5% 1/2W
R1407 QRZ9006-4R7X F RESISTOR

A

R1408 QRZ9006-4R7X F RESISTOR

A

R1409 QRJ146J-272X UNF C RESISTORA2.7K 5% 1/4W
R1410 QRZ9006-4R7X F RESISTOR

A

R1411 QRJ146J-182X UNF C RESISTORA1.8K 5% 1/4W
R1412 QRZ9005-100X F RESISTOR

A

R1413 QRJ146J-102X UNF C RESISTORA1.0K 5% 1/4W
R1414 QRZ9005-100X F RESISTOR

A

R1415 QRJ146J-222X UNF C RESISTORA2.2K 5% 1/4W
R1416 QRZ9005-100X F RESISTOR

A

R1417 QRJ146J-222X UNF C RESISTORA2.2K 5% 1/4W
R1418 QRZ9005-680X F RESISTOR

A

R1419 QRZ9005-680X F RESISTOR

A

R1420 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1421 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR
R1422 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1423 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR
R1424 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R1425 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R1426 NRSA63J-513X MG RESISTOR
R1427 NRSA63J-513X MG RESISTOR
R1428 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1429 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1430 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1431 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(System control & Audio board)

10 1/0W

12 1/0W

12 1/0W

4.7 1/0W

4.7 1/0W

4.7 1/0W

10 1/0W

10 1/0W

10 1/0W

68 1/0W
68 1/0W

Remarks

Block No. 03

Item

A

R1432 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1433 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1434 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1435 NRSA63J-154X MG RESISTOR
R1436 NRSA63J-154X MG RESISTOR
R1437 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R1438 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R1439 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1440 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1441 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R1442 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1443 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1444 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1445 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R1446 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1447 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R1448 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1449 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R1450 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1451 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1452 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1453 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R1455 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1456 QRJ146J-220X UNF C RESISTORA22 5% 1/4W
R1457 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R1458 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R1459 QRZ9005-680X F RESISTOR

A

R1460 QRZ9005-680X F RESISTOR

A

R1461 QRJ146J-2R2X UNF C RESISTORA2.2 5% 1/4W
R1462 QRJ146J-2R2X UNF C RESISTORA2.2 5% 1/4W
R1463 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1464 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1465 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R1470 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR
R1471 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR
R1472 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1473 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1474 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R1480 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1490 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR
R1492 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R1493 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R1494 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R1495 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1496 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1497 NRSA63J-511X MG RESISTOR
R1498 NRSA63J-511X MG RESISTOR
R1499 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
S 721 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH TUNING+
S 722 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH TUNING­S 723 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH PRESET+
S 724 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH PRESET­S 725 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH FM MODE
S 726 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH MEMORY
S 727 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH POWER
S 728 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH SURROUND
S 729 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH DSP MODE
S 730 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH ANA/DIG
S 731 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH BASS BOOST
S 732 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH SPK1
S 733 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH SPK2
S 734 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH DVD MULTI
S 735 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH PHONO

Parts number Parts name Area

68 1/0W
68 1/0W

Remarks

3-14

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Electrical parts list

Item

A

S 736 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH DVD
S 737 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH CD
S 738 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH VCR
S 739 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH TAPE/CDR
S 740 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH TV/DBS
S 741 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH FM/AM
S 742 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH ADJUST
S 743 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH SETTING
S 744 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH +
S 745 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH ­S 746 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH EON
S 747 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH PTY
S 748 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH TA/NEWS/INFO
S 749 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH DISPLAY
X 701 QAX0246-001Z RESONATOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(System control & Audio board)

Block No. 03

Remarks

3-15

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Electrical parts list

Item

A

C 601 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR
C 602 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR
C 603 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 604 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 605 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 606 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 607 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 16V
C 608 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 609 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 610 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 611 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 612 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 621 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V
C 622 NCB31HK-101X C CAPACITOR
C 624 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 625 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 626 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR
C 627 NCF31AZ-105X C CAPACITOR
C 628 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 629 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 631 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 632 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 633 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 634 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 635 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 636 NCB31CK-473X C CAPACITOR
C 637 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 638 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 639 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 641 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 642 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 643 NCB31AK-474X C CAPACITOR
C 644 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 645 NCS31HJ-101X C CAPACITOR
C 646 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 647 NCS31HJ-220X C CAPACITOR
C 648 NCS31HJ-180X C CAPACITOR
C 649 NCS31HJ-121X C CAPACITOR
C 653 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR
C 654 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 661 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 671 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 672 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 673 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 677 NCB31HK-101X C CAPACITOR
C 679 NCB31HK-101X C CAPACITOR
C 681 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 682 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 683 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 684 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 685 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V
C 686 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V
C 687 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 688 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 689 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 690 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 693 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 694 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
CN681 QGB2510K1-20 B TO B CONNE
C2500 QETN1CM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 16V
C2503 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C2504 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C2507 NCS31HJ-330X C CAPACITOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(DSP board)

Remarks

Block No. 04

Item

A

C2508 NCS31HJ-330X C CAPACITOR
C2512 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2513 NCB31HK-122X C CAPACITOR
C2514 NCB31HK-122X C CAPACITOR
C2515 NCS31HJ-121X C CAPACITOR
C2516 NCS31HJ-121X C CAPACITOR
C2517 NCS31HJ-391X C CAPACITOR
C2518 NCS31HJ-391X C CAPACITOR
C2525 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR
C2526 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR
C2527 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C2528 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C2531 NCS31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR
C2532 NCS31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR
C2533 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C2534 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C2539 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2540 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2551 NCS31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR
C2552 NCS31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR
C2555 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2556 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2561 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V
C2562 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V
C2563 NCS31HJ-220X C CAPACITOR
C2564 NCS31HJ-220X C CAPACITOR
C2569 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2570 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2575 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR
C2576 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR
C2577 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C2578 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C2581 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V
C2582 QETN1CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 16V
C2583 NCS31HJ-220X C CAPACITOR
C2584 NCS31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR
C2585 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2586 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2587 NCS31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR
C2588 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C2589 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2590 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2592 NCB31HK-223X C CAPACITOR
C2594 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2595 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR
C2597 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C2598 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
D 607 1SS355-X DIODE
D 608 1SS355-X DIODE
IC601 AK4527BVQ IC
IC609 BA15218F-XE IC
IC610 BA15218F-XE IC
IC611 BU4066BCF-X IC
IC621 TC7SU04FU-X IC
IC622 TC7SU04FU-X IC
IC631 TC9446F-014 IC
IC641 W24L010AJ-12-X IC
IC650 BA15218F-XE IC
IC651 BA15218F-XE IC
IC652 IMX9-W TRANSISTOR
IC661 BA15218F-XE IC
IC662 IMX9-W TRANSISTOR
IC671 UPD784215AGC103 IC

Parts number Parts name Area

Remarks

3-16

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Electrical parts list

Item

A

IC672 TC7SET32FU-X IC
IC681 PQ3DZ53-X IC
IC682 IMX9-W TRANSISTOR
IC683 RN5RZ33BA-X IC
IC690 BA15218F-XE IC
IC691 BA15218F-XE IC
J 601 QNN0347-001 PIN JACK
K 601 NQR0269-004X FERRITE BEADS
K 681 NQR0319-001X F BEADS
K 682 NQR0319-001X F BEADS
K 687 NQR0319-001X F BEADS
K 688 NQR0319-001X F BEADS
LC631 NQR0321-001X EMI FILTER

R 600 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R 601 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR
R 602 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR
R 603 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR
R 606 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 607 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 608 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 609 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 611 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 612 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 613 NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR
R 615 NRSA63J-432X MG RESISTOR
R 617 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 618 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 621 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 622 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R 623 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R 625 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R 627 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R 628 NRSA63J-183X MG RESISTOR
R 629 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R 632 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R 633 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 639 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R 640 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R 641 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 642 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 643 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R 644 NRSA63J-563X MG RESISTOR
R 645 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 646 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 647 NRSA63J-225X MG RESISTOR
R 648 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R 657 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 661 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 662 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 663 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 664 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 669 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 670 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 671 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 672 NRSA63J-105X MG RESISTOR
R 673 NRSA63J-432X MG RESISTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

601 DTC114YE-X TRANSISTOR
607 DTA144EKA-X TRANSISTOR
670 DTC114YE-X TRANSISTOR
671 2SD2114K/VW/-X TRANSISTOR
672 DTC114YE-X TRANSISTOR
673 DTA144EKA-X TRANSISTOR
2501 DTA144EKA-X TRANSISTOR

(DSP board)

Remarks

Block No. 04

Item

A

R 674 NRSA63J-432X MG RESISTOR
R 675 NRSA63J-432X MG RESISTOR
R 676 NRSA63J-432X MG RESISTOR
R 677 NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR
R 678 NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR
R 679 NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR
R 680 NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR
R 681 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 682 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 683 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R 684 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R 685 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 686 NRSA63J-151X MG RESISTOR
R 688 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R 691 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 692 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 693 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 694 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 695 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 696 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R2500 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R2501 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2502 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2507 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R2508 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R2509 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R2510 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R2511 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2512 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2513 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2514 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2515 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2516 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2517 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2518 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2519 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
R2520 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
R2521 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
R2522 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
R2525 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R2526 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R2527 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2528 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2529 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2530 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2531 NRSA63J-752X MG RESISTOR
R2532 NRSA63J-752X MG RESISTOR
R2533 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2534 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2535 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2536 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2537 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2538 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2550 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR
R2551 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2552 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2553 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR
R2554 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR
R2555 NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR
R2556 NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR
R2557 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2558 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R2560 NRSA63J-105X MG RESISTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

Remarks

3-17

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Electrical parts list

Item

A

R2561 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2562 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2563 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2564 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2565 NRSA63J-202X MG RESISTOR
R2566 NRSA63J-202X MG RESISTOR
R2567 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2568 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2575 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R2576 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R2577 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2578 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2581 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2582 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2583 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR
R2584 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R2585 NRSA63J-302X MG RESISTOR
R2586 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR
R2587 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2588 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2589 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2590 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR
R2592 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR
R2594 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR
R2595 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R2596 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R2597 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2598 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
UN661 GP1FA550RZ OPT RECEIVER
UN662 GP1FA550RZ OPT RECEIVER
UN663 GP1FA550TZ OPT TRANSMITTER
UN664 GP1FA550RZ OPT RECEIVER
X 631 NAX0385-001X CRYSTAL
X 671 NAX0275-001X 1COSCIALLATOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(DSP board)

Block No. 04

Remarks

3-18

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Electrical parts list

Item

A

AT101 QNB0014-001 ANT TERMINAL
BK 1 LV31618-001A SHIELD BKT
C 101 NCB21HK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 103 NCB21HK-223X C CAPACITOR
C 105 NCB21HK-223X C CAPACITOR
C 107 QEKC1CM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 16V
C 111 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR
C 112 NDC21HJ-120X C CAPACITOR
C 113 QCSB1HJ-120Y C CAPACITOR 12PF 5% 50V
C 121 NDC21HJ-120X C CAPACITOR
C 122 NDC21HJ-120X C CAPACITOR
C 123 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR
C 126 NCS21HJ-101X C CAPACITOR
C 128 QENC1HM-474Z NP E CAPACITOR .47MF 20% 50V
C 129 NCB21HK-102X C CAPACITOR
C 130 QEKC1AM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 10V
C 133 QEKC1CM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 16V
C 134 NCB21HK-222X C CAPACITOR
C 135 NCB21HK-223X C CAPACITOR
C 136 QEKC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V
C 137 NCS21HJ-680X C CAPACITOR
C 139 NCB21HK-393X C CAPACITOR
C 140 NCB21HK-393X C CAPACITOR
C 141 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR
C 143 NCB21HK-223X C CAPACITOR
C 144 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR
C 146 QEKC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V
C 147 QEKC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V
C 148 QEKC1HM-224Z E CAPACITOR .22MF 20% 50V
C 149 QEKC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V
C 150 QEKC1CM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 16V
C 156 QDGB1HK-102Y C CAPACITOR
C 157 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR
C 158 QEKC1CM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 16V
C 161 QEKC1CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 16V
C 162 QEKC1CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 16V
C 163 NCB21HK-223X C CAPACITOR
C 164 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR
C 168 QEKC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V
C 184 QEKC1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 16V
C 185 QEKC1CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 16V
C 186 QEKC1CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 16V
C 191 NCS21HJ-820X C CAPACITOR
C 192 NCS21HJ-470X C CAPACITOR
C 193 NCB21HK-561X C CAPACITOR
C 194 NCB21HK-104X C CAPACITOR
C 195 NCB21HK-331X C CAPACITOR
C 196 QEKC1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V
C 197 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR
C 199 QEKC1CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 16V
CF101 QAX0285-001Z C FILTER
CF102 QAX0285-001Z C FILTER
CF103 QAX0519-001Z C FILTER
CN111 QGB2501K2-12 CONECTOR
CN112 QGB2501K1-04 CONNECTOR
D 121 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 123 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 129 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 131 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
IC102 LA1838 IC
IC121 LC72136N IC
IC191 SAA6588 IC(RDS)
L 112 QQL231K-2R7Y INDUCTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(Tuner board)

Remarks

Block No. 05

Item

A

R 103 NRSA02J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 104 NRSA02J-272X MG RESISTOR
R 105 NRSA02J-391X MG RESISTOR
R 106 NRSA02J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 107 NRSA02J-561X MG RESISTOR
R 108 NRSA02J-332X MG RESISTOR
R 109 NRSA02J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 111 NRSA02J-182X MG RESISTOR
R 112 QRE141J-182Y C RESISTOR 1.8K 5% 1/4W
R 114 NRSA02J-272X MG RESISTOR
R 115 NRSA02J-104X MG RESISTOR
R 119 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 122 NRSA02J-472X MG RESISTOR
R 124 NRSA02J-222X MG RESISTOR
R 126 NRSA02J-562X MG RESISTOR
R 127 NRSA02J-822X MG RESISTOR
R 128 NRSA02J-472X MG RESISTOR
R 129 NRSA02J-222X MG RESISTOR
R 130 QRZ9005-680X F RESISTOR

A

R 132 NRSA02J-393X MG RESISTOR
R 133 NRSA02J-392X MG RESISTOR
R 134 NRSA02J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 140 NRSA02J-473X MG RESISTOR
R 141 NRSA02J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 142 NRSA02J-470X MG RESISTOR
R 143 NRSA02J-562X MG RESISTOR
R 144 NRSA02J-332X MG RESISTOR
R 145 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 146 NRSA02J-472X MG RESISTOR
R 147 NRSA02J-332X MG RESISTOR
R 150 NRSA02J-331X MG RESISTOR
R 157 NRSA02J-332X MG RESISTOR
R 158 NRSA02J-332X MG RESISTOR
R 161 NRSA02J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 162 NRSA02J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 182 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 183 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 184 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 191 NRSA02J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 192 NRSA02J-474X MG RESISTOR
R 193 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 194 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR
RF101 QAU0119-001 FRONT END FOR FTZ
T 111 QQR0871-001 COIL BLOCK
T 142 QQR0973-001 IFT
X 121 QAX0402-001 CRYSTAL
X 191 QAX0263-001Z CRYSTAL

Parts number Parts name Area

102 2SC535/BC/-T TRANSISTOR
103 2SC461/BC/-T TRANSISTOR
111 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
112 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
113 DTA114YKA-X TRANSISTOR
121 KRA103M-T TRANSISTOR

68 1/0W

Remarks

3-19

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

Packing materials and accessories parts list

A1

P1

A2~A6

P4

1/2

Block No.
Block No.

M
M

2

M

M

3

M

M

P4

2/2

P3

1/2

P5

P3

2/2

P2

3-20

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

M2MM

M3MM

(Accessories)

(Packing)

Parts list

Item Parts number Parts name Area

A

P 1 QPA02503505P POLY BAG 1 FOR INST
P 2 LV20983-011A CARTON BOX 1 RX-7010RBK

LV20983-013A CARTON BOX 1 RX-7012RSL
P 3 LV20925-001A PACKING PAD 1
P 4 LV20926-001A PACKING PAD 1
P 5 QPC06507015P POLY BAG 1 FOR SET

Q'ty Description

Parts list

Item Parts number Parts name Area

A

A 1 RM-SRX7010R REMOCON 1 RX-7010RBK

RM-SRX7012R W.LESS REMOCON 1 RX-7012RSL

A 2 ----------- BATTERY 2
A 3 LVT0579-006A INST BOOK EN1 FRE, SPA, ITA

LVT0579-004A INST BOOK E1 GER, FRE, DUT

LVT0579-006A INST BOOK EN1 SWE, FIN, DAN, GER

A 4 EWP503-001C ANT WIRE 1
A 5 QAL0204-001 AM LOOP ANT 1
A 6 BT-54008-2 W CARD EN1

BT-54013-2 W CARD E1

Q'ty Description

Block No.

Block No.

3-21

RX-7010RBK/RX-7012RSL

VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED

AUDIO & COMMUNICATION BUSINESS DIVISION
PERSONAL & MOBILE NETWORK BUSINESS UNIT. 10-1,1chome,Ohwatari-machi,Maebashi-city,371-8543,Japan

(No.20938)

Printed in Japan
200104(V)

AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROL RECEIVER

RX-7010RBK / RX-7012RSL

CATV/DBS VCR TV AUDIO

DVD MUILTIDVD

CD

FM/AM

TAPE/CDR

TV/DBS VCR PHONO

TREBLE

BASS

++−−

ANALOG/DIGITAL

DSP

MODE INPUTON/OFF

+ CENTER –

231

TEST + REAR•L –

564

– REAR•R +

897/P

– SUB WOOFER +

0

RETURN FM MODE 100

+−+−+

CH TV VOL

PLAY

/REW FF/

PAUSE

PTY SEARCH

PTY–

STOP

DISPLAY

RM-SRX7010R

A/V CONTROL RECEIVER

SLEEP

MENU

ENTER

+1010

+

VOLUME

−

PTY+

CONTROL

PHONES

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

FM/AM TUNING

DIGITAL

SURROUND

SURROUND ON/OFF

DSP MODE

FM/AM PRESET FM MODE

DIGITAL

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

12

MEMORY

BASS BOOST

SPEAKERS ON/OFF

AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROL RECEIVER

DVD VCR

DVD MULTI

PHONO

CD TAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TV SOUND/DBS

SOURCE NAME

FM/AM

EON PTY SEARCH TA/NEWS/INFO DISPLAY MODE

ADJUST

SETTING

CONTROL

DOWN UP

MASTER VOLUME

COMPULINK

Remote

DIGITAL

SURROUND

BASS BOOST EFFECT

SOUND

MUTING

CATV/DBS
CONTROL

CONTROL

TV/VIDEO

+

TUNING

−

REC

PAUSE

INSTRUCTIONS

For Customer Use:

Enter below the Model No. and Serial
No. which are located either on the rear,
bottom or side of the cabinet. Retain this
information for future reference.

Model No.
Serial No.

LVT0579-005A

[B]

Warnings, Cautions and Others

IMPORTANT for the U.K.
DO NOT cut off the mains plug from this equipment. If the plug

fitted is not suitable for the power points in your home or the
cable is too short to reach a power point, then obtain an
appropriate safety approved extension lead or consult your
dealer.

BE SURE to replace the fuse only with an identical approved
type, as originally fitted.

If nonetheless the mains plug is cut off ensure to remove the
fuse and dispose of the plug immediately, to avoid a possible
shock hazard by inadvertent connection to the mains supply.

If this product is not supplied fitted with a mains plug then follow
the instructions given below:

IMPORTANT.
DO NOT make any connection to the terminal which is marked

with the letter E or by the safety earth symbol or coloured green
or green-and-yellow.

The wires in the mains lead on this product are coloured in
accordance with the following code:

Blue : Neutral
Brown : Live

As these colours may not correspond with the coloured
markings identifying the terminals in your plug proceed as
follows:

The wire which is coloured blue must be connected to the
terminal which is marked with the letter N or coloured black.

The wire which is coloured brown must be connected to the
terminal which is marked with the letter L or coloured red.

IF IN DOUBT - CONSULT A COMPETENT ELECTRICIAN.

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of electrical shocks, fire, etc.:

1. Do not remove screws, covers or cabinet.

2. Do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture.

Caution –– switch!

Disconnect the mains plug to shut the power off completely.
The switch in any position does not disconnect the mains
line. The power can be remote controlled.

CAUTION

• Do not block the ventilation openings or holes.
(If the ventilation openings or holes are blocked by a
newspaper or cloth, etc., the heat may not be able to get
out.)

• Do not place any naked flame sources, such as lighted
candles, on the apparatus.

• When discarding batteries, environmental problems must
be considered and local rules or laws governing the
disposal of these batteries must be followed strictly.

• Do not use this apparatus in a bathroom or places with
water. Also do not place any containers filled with water or
liquids (such as cosmetics or medicines, flower vases,
potted plants, cups, etc.) on top of this apparatus.

G-1

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

“SOME DOS AND DON’TS ON THE SAFE USE OF EQUIPMENT”

This equipment has been disigned and manufactured to meet international safety standards but, lik e an y electrical equipment, care must be
taken if you are to obtain the best results and safety is to be assured.

Do read the operating instructions before you attempt to use the equipment.
Do ensure that all electrical connections (including the mains plug, extension leads and interconnections between pieces of equipment) are

properly made and in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Switch off and withdraw the mains plug when making or changing
connections.

Do consult your dealer if you are ever in doubt about the installation, operation or safety of your equipment.
Do be careful with glass panels or doors on equipment.

DON’T continue to operate the equipment if you are in any doubt about it working normally, or if it is damaged in any way–switch off, withdraw
the mains plug and consult your dealer.

DON’T remove any fixed cover as this may expose dangerous voltages.
DON’T leave equipment s witched on when it is unattended unless it is specifically stated that it is designed for unattended operation or has

a standby mode.
Switch off using the switch on the equipment and make sure that your family know how to do this.

Special arrangements may need to be made for infirm or handicapped people.
DON’T use equipment such as personal stereos or radios so that you are distracted from the requirements of traffic saf ety . It is illegal to watch

television whilst driving.
DON’T listen to headphones at high volume as such use can permanently damage your hearing.
DON’T obstruct the ventilation of the equipment, for example with curtains or soft furnishings.
Overheating will cause damage and shorten the life of the equipment.
DON’T use makeshift stands and NEVER fix legs with wood screws — to ensure complete safety always fit the manufacturer’s approved

stand or legs with the fixings provided according to the instructions.
DON’T allow electrical equipment to be exposed to rain or moisture.
ABOVE ALL

— NEVER let anyone, especially children, push anything into holes, slots or any other opening in the case -this could result in a fatal

electrical shock.;

— NEVER guess or take chances with electrical equipment of any kind — it is better to be safe than sorry!

Caution: Proper Ventilation

To avoid risk of electric shock and fire and to protect from damage.
Locate the apparatus as follows:
Front: No obstructions open spacing.
Sides: No obstructions in 10 cm from the sides.
Top: No obstructions in 10 cm from the top.
Back: No obstructions in 15 cm from the back
Bottom: No obstructions, place on the level surface.
In addition, maintain the best possible air circulation as illustrated.

Wall or obstructions

Spacing 15 cm or more

RX-7010RBK/
RX-7012RSL

Front

Stand height 15 cm or more

Floor

G-2

Table of Contents

Parts Identification ...................................... 2

Getting Started ........................................... 3

Before Installation ...................................................................... 3

Checking the Supplied Accessories ........................................... 3

Connecting the FM and AM (MW/LW) Antennas..................... 3

Connecting the Speakers ............................................................ 4

Connecting Audio/Video Components....................................... 5

Connecting the Power Cord ....................................................... 9

Putting Batteries in the Remote Control .................................... 9

Using the DVD MULTI Playback Mode .......... 30

Activating the DVD MULTI Playback Mode .......................... 30

COMPU LINK Remote Control System ......... 31

Operating JVC’s Audio/Video Components ... 32

Operating Audio Components .................................................. 32

Operating Video Components .................................................. 34

Basic Operations ....................................... 10

Turning the Power On and Off (Standby) ................................ 10

Selecting the Source to Play..................................................... 10

Adjusting the Volume ............................................................... 11

Selecting the Front Speakers .................................................... 11

Muting the Sound ..................................................................... 12

Reinforcing the Bass ................................................................ 12

Adjusting the Tone ................................................................... 12

Attenuating the Input Signal .................................................... 12

Adjusting the Subwoofer Output Level.................................... 12

Basic Settings ........................................... 13

Recording a Source .................................................................. 13

Adjusting the Front Speaker Output Balance........................... 13

Changing the Source Name...................................................... 13

Setting the Subwoofer Information .......................................... 14

Setting the Speakers for the DSP Modes ................................. 14

Digital Input (DIGITAL IN) Terminal Setting......................... 16

Selecting the Analog or Digital Input Mode ............................ 16

Storing the Basic Settings and Adjustments............................. 17

Using the Sleep Timer.............................................................. 17

Receiving Radio Broadcasts ........................ 18

Operating Other Manufacturers’ Video

Equipment ............................................ 35

Troubleshooting ......................................... 39

Specifications ............................................ 40

Tuning in Stations Manually .................................................... 18

Using Preset T uning ................................................................. 18

Selecting the FM Reception Mode........................................... 19

Using the RDS (Radio Data System) to Receive FM Stations. 20

Searching for a Program by PTY Codes .................................. 20

Switching to a Broadcast Program of

Your Choice Temporarily ................................................... 21

Using the DSP Modes ................................ 23

What are the DSP Modes? ........................................................ 23

Reproducing the Sound Field .................................................... 24

A vailable DSP Modes According to the Speaker Arrangement.. 25

Adjusting the Surround Modes ................................................ 26

Adjusting the DAP Modes ....................................................... 28

Activating the DSP Modes....................................................... 29

1

Parts Identification

Become familiar with the buttons and controls on the receiver before use.
Refer to the pages in parentheses for details.

61 2 345 7

AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROL RECEIVER

FM/AM TUNING

DIGITAL

SURROUND

SURROUND ON/OFF

DSP MODE

FM/AM PRESET FM MODE

DIGITAL

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

SPEAKERS ON/OFF

12

MEMORY

BASS BOOST

DVD MULTI

PHONO

DVD

CD TAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

VCR

TV SOUND/DBS

SOURCE NAME

FM/AM

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

PHONES

ADJUST

CONTROL

DOWN UP

SETTING

8

EON PTY SEARCH TA/NEWS/INFO

DISPLAY MODE

MASTER VOLUME

COMPULINK

Remote

q9

Remote Control

1 Display window (See below) *

a: Remote control operation mode indicator

1

a

2

3

4t
5

6
7

8
9

p
q

w
e

r

CATV/DBS VCR TV AUDIO

DVD MUILTIDVD

CD

FM/AM

TV/DBS VCR PHONO

−−++

SURROUND

BASS BOOST EFFECT

SOUND

MUTING

CATV/DBS
CONTROL

CONTROL

TV/VIDEO

+

TUNING

−

REC

PA USE

TAPE/CDR

BASS

DSP

ANALOG/DIGITAL

MODE INPUTON/OFF

TEST

RETURN FM MODE 1 00

+−+−+

CH TV VOL

/REW FF/

PA USE

PTY SEARCH

PTY–

DISPLAY

RM-SRX7010R

A/V CONTROL RECEIVER

TREBLE

– CENTER +

231

MENU

– REAR • L +

564

ENTER

– REAR • R +

897/P

– SUB WOOFER +

0

PLAY

STOP

SLEEP

VOLUME

CONTROL

+1010

PTY+

b

y
u

i

+

o

−

;

a

s

b: Signal transmission indicator

Lights up when transmitting the remote
control signal.

2

buttons (10, 34 – 38)

CA TV/DBS, VCR, TV, AUDIO

3 Source selecting buttons (10, 17) *

DVD, D VD MUL TI, CD, FM/AM, TV/DBS, VCR,
TAPE/CDR, PHONO

4 BASS +/– buttons (12)
5 SURROUND ON/OFF b utton (26, 29)
6 DSP MODE button (27 – 29)
7 BASS BOOST button (12)
8 SOUND button (12, 26 – 28, 30) *
9 MUTING button (12)
p CATV/DBS CONTROL button (36) *
q TV/VIDEO button (34, 35)
w CH(annel) +/– buttons (34 – 37)
e TUNING +/– buttons (18)
r REC PAUSE button (33, 34, 37)
t TREBLE +/– buttons (12)
y SLEEP button (17)
u ANALOG/DIGITAL INPUT button (17)
i • 10 keys for selecting preset channels (19)

• 10 keys for adjusting sound (12, 19, 26 – 28, 30)

• 10 keys for operating audio/video components
(32 – 38)

o TV VOL(ume) +/– buttons (34, 35)
; VOLUME +/– buttons (11)
a • RDS operation buttons (20 – 21)

PTY SEARCH, PTY +/–, DISPLAY

• Operating buttons for audio/video components

(32 – 34, 37, 38)

s CONTROL button (33, 34) *

y

uite rwp

o

;

Front Panel

1 STANDBY/ON button and STANDBY

lamp (10)

2 FM/AM TUNING 5/∞ buttons (18)
3 FM/AM PRESET 5/∞ buttons (18)
4 FM MODE button (19)
5 MEMORY button (18)
6 Display (10)
7 Remote sensor (9)
8 RDS operation buttons (20 – 21)

EON, PTY SEARCH, TA/NEWS/INFO,
DISPLAY MODE

9 PHONES jack (11)
p SURROUND ON/OFF b utton (26, 29)
q DSP MODE button (27 – 29)
w INPUT ANALOG/DIGITAL button (17)

INPUT ATT button (12)

e SPEAKERS ON/OFF 1 button (11)

SPEAKERS ON/OFF 2 button (11)

r BASS BOOST button (12)
t Source selecting buttons (10, 16)

DVD MULTI, DVD, VCR, TV SOUND/DBS,
PHONO, CD, TAPE/CDR, FM/AM

y SOURCE NAME buttons (13)

•

The TV SOUND/DBS button and TAPE/CDR
button also function as the SOURCE NAME
button.

u ADJUST button (12, 13, 26 – 28, 30)
i CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞ buttons
o SETTING button (14 – 16)
; MASTER VOLUME control (11)

* When you press one of these buttons, the remote control operation mode appears on

the display window for about 10 seconds.

Ex.: When you press CD button

Buttons on the Remote Control Remote Control Operation Mode

FM/AM TUNER

CD CD

PHONO PHONO

T APE/CDR TAPE

DVD DVD

DVD MUL TI DVD

Buttons on the Remote Control Remote Control Operation Mode

TV/DBS TV

VCR VCR

CATV/DBS CONTROL DBS

CONTROL Current setting or VCR or TAPE

or CDDSC

SOUND SOUND

2

Getting Started

This section explains how to connect audio/video components and speakers to the receiver, and how to connect the
power supply.

Before Installation

General

• Be sure your hands are dry.

• Turn the power off to all components.

• Read the manuals supplied with the components you are going to
connect.

Locations

• Install the receiver in a location that is level and protected from
moisture.

• The temperature around the receiver must be between –5˚C and
35˚C (23˚F and 95˚F).

• Make sure there is good ventilation around the receiver. Poor
ventilation could cause overheating and damage the receiver.

Handling the receiver

• Do not insert any metal object into the receiver.

• Do not disassemble the receiver or remove screws, covers, or
cabinet.

• Do not expose the receiver to rain or moisture.

Checking the Supplied Accessories

Check to be sure you have all of the following items, which are
supplied with the receiver.
The number in the parentheses indicates quantity of the pieces
supplied.

• Remote Control (1)

Connecting the FM and AM (MW/LW)
Antennas

FM Antenna Connections

A

AM

LOOP

ANTENNA

FM 75

COAXIAL

AM
EXT

FM Antenna

AM

LOOP

ANTENNA

Extend the supplied FM antenna horizontally.

FM 75

COAXIAL

Outdoor FM Antenna Cable

AM

EXT

A. Using the Supplied FM Antenna

The FM antenna provided can be connected to the FM 75 Ω
COAXIAL terminal as temporary measure.

B

ANTENNA

AM

LOOP

FM 75

COAXIAL

AM
EXT

• Batteries (2)

• AM (MW/LW) Loop Antenna (1)

• FM Antenna (1)

If anything is missing, contact your dealer immediately.

B. Using the Standard Type Connector (Not Supplied)

A standard type connector (IEC or DIN45325) should be
connected to the FM 75 Ω COAXIAL terminal.

Note:

If reception is poor, connect the outdoor antenna.
Before attaching a 75
going to an outdoor antenna), disconnect the supplied FM antenna.

Ω

coaxial cable (the kind with a round wire

3

AM (MW/LW) Antenna Connections

Snap the tabs on the loop into the

ANTENNA

FM 75

COAXIAL

slots of the base to assemble the
AM (MW/L W) loop.

Basic connecting procedure

1

2

1

RIGHT

3

4

1

RIGHT

1

RIGHT

AM

LOOP

AM
EXT

1

AM (MW/LW) Loop Antenna

2

3

Outdoor single vinyl-covered wire (not supplied)

Turn the loop until you have the best reception.

Notes:

• If the AM (MW/LW) loop antenna wire is covered with

vinyl, remove the vinyl by twisting it as shown in the
diagram.

• Make sure the antenna conductors do not touch any

other terminals, connecting cords and power cord. This could
cause poor reception.

• If reception is poor, connect an outdoor single vinyl-covered wire to

the AM EXT terminal. (Keep the AM (MW/LW) loop antenna
connected.)

1 Cut, twist and remove the insulation at the end of

each speaker signal cable (not supplied).

2 Turn the knob counterclockwise.

3 Insert the speaker signal cable.

4 Turn the knob clockwise.

Connecting the front speakers

You can connect two pairs of front speakers (one pair to the FRONT
SPEAKERS 1 terminals, and another pair to the FRONT
SPEAKERS 2 terminals).

1

Right speaker

2

Right speaker

Connecting the Speakers

You can connect the following speakers:

• Two pairs of front speakers to produce normal stereo sound.

• One pair of rear speakers to enjoy the surround effect.

• One center speaker to produce more effective surround effect (to

emphasize human voices).

• One subwoofer to enhance the bass.

IMPORTANT:

After connecting the speakers listed above, set the speaker
setting information properly to obtain the best possible DSP
effect. For details, see page 14.

For each speaker (except for a subwoofer), connect the (+) and (–)
terminals on the rear panel to the (+) and (–) terminals marked on
the speakers. For connecting a subwoofer, see page 5.

CAUTION:

Use speakers with the SPEAKER IMPEDANCE indicated by the
speaker terminals.

FRONT

SPEAKERS

1

Left speaker

SPEAKERS

1

RIGHT LEFT

FRONT

+

–

RIGHT LEFT

2

+

FRONT

SPEAKERS

–

Left speaker

2

4

About the speaker impedance

The required speaker impedance of the front speakers does differ
depending on whether both the FRONT SPEAKERS 1 and FRONT
SPEAKERS 2 terminals are used or only one of them is used.

CASE 1 When you connect only one pair of front speakers

Connecting the subwoofer speaker

You can enhance the bass by connecting a subwoofer.
Connect the input jack of a powered subwoofer to the
SUBWOOFER OUT jack on the rear panel, using a cable with RCA
pin plugs (not supplied).

Front

speaker

1

Front

speaker

1

Use front speakers with 8 Ω – 16 Ω impedance.

CASE 2 When you connect two pairs of front speakers

Front

speaker

2

Front

speaker

1

Front

speaker

2

Front

speaker

1

Use front speakers 16 Ω – 32 Ω impedance.

Connecting the rear and center speakers

Connect rear speakers to the REAR SPEAKERS terminals and a
center speaker to the CENTER SPEAKER terminals.

Center

speaker

SUBWOOFER

Powered subwoofer

OUT

Connecting Audio/Video Components

You can connect the following audio/video components to this
receiver. Refer also to the manuals supplied with your components.

Audio Components Video Components

• Turntable • DVD player*

• CD player* • TV*

• Cassette deck • DBS tuner*
or CD recorder* • VCR

*

You can connect these components using the methods described in
“Analog connections” (below) or in “Digital connections” (see page

8).

Analog connections

Audio component connections

Use the cables with RCA pin plugs (not supplied).
Connect the white plug to the audio left jack, and the red plug to the
audio right jack.

CAUTION:

If you connect a sound-enhancing device such as a graphic equalizer
between the source components and this receiver, the sound output
through this receiver may be distorted.

Turntable

If an earth cable is provided for your
turntable, connect the cable to the
AM (H) terminal on the rear panel.

5

Left rear
speaker

Right rear

speaker

CENTER

SPEAKER

+

–

REAR

SPEAKERS

RIGHT LEFT

Turntable

PHONO

CD

To audio
output

Ex.: This connection is for the

OUT

(REC)

TAPE

CDR

IN

(PLAY)

turntable with an MM (moving­magnet) type cartridge.

Note:

Any turntables incorporating a small-output cartridge such as an MC
(moving-coil) type must be connected to this receiver through a
commercial head amplifier or step-up transformer. Direct connection
may result in insufficient volume.

OUT

(REC)

VCR

IN

(PLAY)

TV

SOUND

DBS

RIGHT LEFT

AUDIO

CD player

PHONO

CD player

CD

OUT

(REC)

To audio output

TAPE

CDR

IN

(PLAY)

OUT

(REC)

VCR

Cassette deck or CD recorder

Cassette deck

To audio input

To audio input

PHONO

CD

OUT

(REC)

TAPE

CDR

IN

(PLAY)

OUT

(REC)

VCR

IN

(PLAY)

TV

SOUND

DBS

CD recorder

RIGHT LEFT

AUDIO

To audio output

To audio output

Note:

You can connect either a cassette deck or a CD recorder to the TAPE/
CDR jacks. When connecting a CD recorder to the TAPE/CDR jacks,
change the source name, which will be shown on the display when
selected as the source, to “CDR.” See page 13 for details.

If your audio components have a COMPU LINK jack

See also page 31 for detailed information about the connection and
the COMPU LINK remote control system.

Video component connections

Use the cables with RCA pin plugs (not supplied).
Connect the white plug to the audio left jack, the red plug to the
audio right jack, and the yellow plug to the video jack.
If your video components have S-video (Y/C-separation) terminals,
connect them using S-video cables (not supplied). Connecting these
video components through the S-video input/output terminals will
give you better picture playback (or recording) quality.

IMPORTANT:

This receiver is equipped with both the composite video and S-video
input/output terminals for connecting video components.
You do not have to connect both the composite video and S-video
terminals.
However, remember that the video signals from the composite

video input terminals are output only through the composite
video output terminals, while the ones from the S-video input
terminals are output only through the S-video output terminals.

Therefore, if a recording video component and a playing video
component are connected to the receiver through the different video
terminals, you cannot record the picture from the playing component
on the recording component. In addition, if the TV and a playing video
component are connected to the receiver through the different video
terminals, you cannot view the playback picture from the playing
component on the TV.

VCR

S-VHS (or VHS) VCR

B

AUDIO

MONITOR

OUT

DVD

OUT

(REC)

VCR

IN

(PLAY)

DBS

VIDEO

DC

F

E

PHONO

CD

OUT

(REC)

TAPE

CDR

IN

(PLAY)

OUT

(REC)

VCR

IN

(PLAY)

TV

SOUND

DBS

A

RIGHT LEFT

Å To left/right channel audio output
ı To left/right channel audio input
Ç To S-video output
Î To composite video output
‰ To composite video input
Ï To S-video input

6

TV and/or DBS tuner

To S-video input

To composite video input

Connect the TV to the MONITOR
OUT jack to view the playback
picture from the other connected
video components.

TV

To audio
output

PHONO

CD

OUT

(REC)

TAPE

CDR

IN

(PLAY)

OUT

(REC)

VCR

IN

(PLAY)

TV

SOUND

DBS

RIGHT LEFT

AUDIO

MONITOR

OUT

DVD

OUT

(REC)

VCR

IN

(PLAY)

DBS

VIDEO

DVD player

• When you connect the DVD player with stereo output jacks:

B

A

RIGHT LEFT

FRONT

SUB

WOOFER

REAR

RIGHT

SUBWOOFER

OUT

AUDIO

DVD player

DVD

DVD

CENTER

LEFT

MONITOR

OUT

DVD

OUT

(REC)

VCR

IN

(PLAY)

DBS

VIDEO

C

Å To front left/right channel audio output (or to audio mixed

output if necessary)

ı To S-video output
Ç To composite video output

When connecting the TV to the AUDIO jacks (TV
SOUND/DBS), DO NOT connect the TV’s video
output to these video input terminals.

IN

(PLAY)

DBS

VIDEO

VCR

To audio
output

DBS tuner

DBS

VCR

IN

(PLAY)

TV

SOUND

DBS

RIGHT LEFT

AUDIO

To composite video output

To S-video output

Note:

When connecting the DBS tuner to the TV SOUND/DBS jacks,
change the source name, which will be shown on the display when
selected as the source, to “DBS.” See page 13 for details.

• When you connect the DVD player with its analog discrete output
(5.1 CH reproduction) jacks:

A

E

DVD player

DVD

C

B

D

RIGHT LEFT

FRONT

SUB

WOOFER

REAR

RIGHT

SUBWOOFER

OUT

AUDIO

DVD

CENTER

LEFT

MONITOR

OUT

DVD

OUT

(REC)

VCR

IN

(PLAY)

DBS

VIDEO

F

Å To center channel audio output
ı To subwoofer audio output
Ç To S-video output
Î To front left/right channel audio output
‰ To rear left/right channel audio output
Ï To composite video output

7

Digital connections

This receiver is equipped with four DIGITAL IN terminals — one
digital coaxial terminal and three digital optical terminals, and one
DIGITAL OUT terminal.
You can connect any digital equipment such as —

• DBS tuner,

• Digital TV broadcast tuner,

• DVD player,

• CD player, and

• CD recorder.

IMPORTANT:

• When connecting the DVD player, digital TV broadcast tuner or DBS
tuner using the digital terminals, you also need to connect it to the
video jack (either composite video terminal or S-video terminal) on
the rear. Without connecting it to the video jack, you can view no
playback picture.

• After connecting the components using the DIGITAL IN terminals,
set the following correctly if necessary.
– Set the digital input (DIGITAL IN) terminal setting correctly. For

details, see “Digital Input (DIGITAL IN) Terminal Setting” on page

16.

– Select the digital input mode correctly. For details, see “Selecting

the Analog or Digital Input Mode” on page 16.

Digital input terminals

Notes:

• When shipped from the factory, the DIGITAL IN terminals have
been set for use with the following components.
– DIGITAL 1 (coaxial): For DVD player
– DIGITAL 2 (optical): For CD player
– DIGITAL 3 (optical): For digital TV broadcast tuner
– DIGITAL 4 (optical): For CD recorder

• When you want to operate the CD player or CD recorder using the
COMPU LINK remote control system, connect the target
component also as described in “Analog connections” (see page 6).

Digital output terminal

CD recorder, etc.

Digital optical cable (not supplied)
between digital optical terminals

Digital TV

CD player

Digital coaxial cable (not supplied)
between digital coaxial terminals

Digital optical cable (not supplied)
between digital optical terminals

When the component has a digital
coaxial output terminal, connect it to the
DIGITAL 1 (DVD) terminal, using the
digital coaxial cable (not supplied).

DVD player

DVD

CD recorder

DIGITAL 1

(DVD)

When the digital recording
equipment such as a CD recorder
has a digital optical input terminal,
connecting it to the DIGITAL OUT
terminal enables you to perform
digital-to-digital recording.

DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM

/DTS

DIGITAL OUT

When the component has a digital
optical output terminal, connect it to the
DIGITAL 2 (CD), DIGITAL 3 (TV), or
DIGITAL 4 (CDR) terminal, using the
digital optical cable (not supplied).

Before connecting a digital
optical cable, unplug the
protective plug.

DIGITAL 2 ( CD )

DIGITAL 3 ( TV )

DIGITAL 4 (CDR)

DIGITAL IN

8

Connecting the Power Cord

Putting Batteries in the Remote Control

Before plugging the receiver into an AC outlet, make sure that all
connections have been made.

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet.

Keep the power cord away from the connecting cables and the
antenna. The power cord may cause noise or screen interference. We
recommend that you use a coaxial cable to connect the antenna,
since it is well-shielded against interference.

Note:

The preset settings such as preset channels and sound adjustment
may be erased in a few days in the following cases:
–When you unplug the power cord.
–When a power failure occurs.

CAUTIONS:

• Do not touch the power cord with wet hands.

• Do not pull on the power cord to unplug the cord. When
unplugging the cord, always grasp the plug so as not to damage
the cord.

Before using the remote control, put two supplied batteries first.
When using the remote control, aim the remote control directly at
the remote sensor on the receiver.

1

2

R6P(SUM-3)/AA(15F)

3

1. On the back of the remote control, remove the
battery cover.

2. Insert batteries. Make sure to match the polarity:
(+) to (+) and (–) to (–).

3. Replace the cover.

If the range or effectiveness of the remote control decreases, replace
the batteries. Use two R6P(SUM-3)/AA(15F) type dry-cell batteries.

CAUTION:

Follow these precautions to avoid leaking or cracking cells:

• Place batteries in the remote control so they match the polarity:
(+) to (+) and (–) to (–).

• Use the correct type of batteries. Batteries that look similar may
differ in voltage.

• Always replace both batteries at the same time.

• Do not expose batteries to heat or flame.

9

Basic Operations

The following operations are commonly used when you play any sound source.

Turning the Power On and Off (Standby)

On the front panel:

To turn on the power, press STANDBY/ON

STANDBY

. The STANDBY lamp goes off. The name

of the current source (or station frequency)

STANDBY/ON

appears on the display.

Current source name appears

1

SPK

L

ANALOG

R

VOLUME

Current volume level is shown here

To turn off the power (into standby mode),

press STANDBY/ON again.

STANDBY

The STANDBY lamp lights up. A small amount
of power is consumed in standby mode. To turn

STANDBY/ON

the power off completely, unplug the AC power
cord.

From the remote control:

To turn on the power, press AUDIO .

AUDIO

The STANDBY lamp goes off. The name of
the current source (or station frequency)
appears on the display.

To turn off the power (into standby mode), press
AUDIO

again. The STANDBY lamp lights up.

Selecting the Source to Play

Press one of the source selecting buttons.

DVD MULTI Select the DVD player for viewing the digital

video disc using the analog discrete output mode
(5.1 CH reproduction).
To enjoy the DVD MULTI playback, see page

30.

DVD Select the DVD player.
VCR Select the video component connected to the

VCR jacks.

TV SOUND/DBS Select TV sounds (or the DBS tuner).
PHONO* Select the turntable.
CD* Select the CD player.
TAPE/CDR* Select the cassette deck (or the CD recorder).
FM/AM* Select an FM or AM (MW/LW) broadcast.

• Each time you press the button, the band
alternates between FM and AM (MW/LW).

Notes:

• When connecting a CD recorder (to the TAPE/CDR jacks), and a
DBS tuner (to the TV SOUND/DBS jacks), change the source name
shown on the display. For details, see page 13.

• When you press one of the source selecting buttons on the remote
control marked above with an asterisk (*), the receiver
automatically turns on.

Signal and speaker indicators on the display

The signal indicators light up in the following cases:

• Only the indicators for the incoming signals light up.

• When analog input is selected, “L” and “R” always light up.

• When “DVD MULTI” is selected as the source, “L,” “C,” “R,”

“LFE,” “LS” and “RS” light up.

The speaker indicators light up only —:

• When the corresponding speaker is activated.

AND

• When the corresponding speaker is required for the DSP mode

selected currently.

Signal indicators light up in
red:

Speaker indicators light up
in white:

On the front panel:

DVD MULTI

PHONO

DVD VCR

CD TAPE/CDR

From the remote control:

DVD MUIL TIDVD

Selected source name appears

ANALOG

DIGITAL

SPK

12

LC

R

PRO LOGIC DSP H.PHONE AUTO MUTING TUNED STEREO TA NEWS INFO

S.WFR

LFE

LS RS

S

CH-

DIGITAL AUT O

LINEAR PCM

TV SOUND/DBS

SOURCE NAME

FM/AM

SOURCE NAME

CD

FM/AM

TAPE/CDRTV/DBS VCR PHONO

BASS BOOST INPUT ATT EON RDS SLEEP

VOLUME

RCL

LFE

S.WFR

LS RSS

RCL

LFE

S.WFR

LS RSS

L:•When digital input is selected: Lights up when the left

channel signal comes in.

• When analog input is selected: Always lights up.

R:•When digital input is selected: Lights up when the right

channel signal comes in.

• When analog input is selected: Always lights up.

C: Lights up when the center channel signal comes in.
LS: Lights up when the left rear channel signal comes in.
RS: Lights up when the right rear channel signal comes in.
S: Lights up when the monaural rear channel signal comes in.
LFE: Lights up when the LFE channel signal comes in.

Notes:

• When “SUBWOOFER” is set to “YES,”

• When you select “DVD MULTI,” all the signal indicators except “S”
light up.

S.WFR

lights up.

10

Selecting different sources for picture and
sound

You can watch picture from a video component while listening to
sound from another component.

Press one of the audio source selecting buttons — PHONO, CD,
TAPE/CDR, FM/AM, TV SOUND/DBS* (or TV/DBS on the
remote control), while viewing the picture from a video component
such as the VCR, DVD player, or DBS tuner, etc.

Selecting the Front Speakers

On the front panel ONLY:

When you have connected two pairs of the front speakers, you can
select which to use.

SPEAKERS ON/OFF

1

2

Notes:

• Once you have selected a video source, pictures of the selected
source are sent to the TV until you select another video source.

* The TV SOUND/DBS (or TV/DBS on the remote control) only

works for selecting “DBS” as the source but not for selecting “TV
SOUND (or TV on the remote control).” When you use the DBS
tuner, change the source name correctly (see page 13).

Adjusting the Volume

On the front panel:

To increase the volume, turn MASTER

MASTER VOLUME

VOLUME clockwise.
To decrease the volume, turn it
counterclockwise.

• When you turn MASTER VOLUME

rapidly, the volume level also changes rapidly.

• When you turn MASTER VOLUME slowly,

the volume level also changes slowly.

From the remote control:

To increase the volume, press VOLUME +.
To decrease the volume, press VOLUME –.

+

VOLUME

−

CAUTION:

Always set the volume to the minimum before starting any source. If
the volume is set at its high level, the sudden blast of sound energy
can permanently damage your hearing and/or ruin your speakers.

Note:

The volume level can be adjusted within the range of “0” (minimum) to
“80” (maximum).

To use the speakers connected to the FRONT SPEAKERS 1
terminals, press SPEAKERS ON/OFF 1 so that the SPK 1 indicator

lights up on the display. (Make sure that the SPK 2 is not on the
display.)

To use the speakers connected to the FRONT SPEAKERS 2
terminals, press SPEAKERS ON/OFF 2 so that the SPK 2 indicator

lights up on the display. (Make sure that the SPK 1 is not on the
display.)
To use both sets of the speakers, press SPEAKERS ON/OFF 1 and
2 so that the SPK 1 and SPK 2 indicators light up on the display.
To use neither sets of the speakers, press SPEAKERS ON/OFF 1

and 2 so that the SPK 1 and SPK 2 indicators disappear from the
display.

Notes:

• If you select any of the DSP modes while using both the speakers
connected to the FRONT SPEAKERS 1 and 2 terminals, the
speakers connected to the FRONT SPEAKERS 2 terminals are
deactivated.

• While the DSP MODE is in use, you can only select either the
speakers connected to the FRONT SPEAKERS 1 or 2 terminals.

Listening only with headphones

You must turn off both pairs of speakers when you listen with
headphones.

1. Connect a pair of headphones to the PHONES jack on the front

panel.

2. Press SPEAKERS ON/OFF 1 and SPEAKERS ON/OFF 2 so

that neither the SPK 1 nor SPK 2 indicator appears on the
display.
This cancels the DSP mode currently selected, and activates the
HEADPHONE mode (see below).

• “HEADPHONE” appears and H. PHONE indicator lights up
on the display.

11

HEADPHONE mode:

This mode can reproduce the LFE channel signals, mixing them
with the front channel signals. So you will not miss the
subwoofer sounds even if you listen to a source using the
headphones.

Notes:

• While in the HEADPHONE mode, you cannot use any DSP modes
(see page 23.)

• Activating the speaker cancels the HEADPHONE mode and turns
on the DSP mode previously selected.

CAUTION:

Be sure to turn down the volume before connecting or putting on
headphones, as high volume can damage both the headphones and
your hearing.

Muting the Sound

G

From the remote control ONLY:

Press MUTING to mute the sound

MUTING

through all speakers and headphones
connected.

“MUTING” appears on the display and the
volume turns off (the volume level indicator goes
off).

To restore the sound, press MUTING again so that “OFF” appears
on the display.

• Turning MASTER VOLUME on the front panel or pressing
VOLUME +/– on the remote control also restores the sound.

Reinforcing the Bass

You can boost the bass level.

Press BASS BOOST on the front panel or on the
remote control to select the bass boost function.

BASS BOOST

On the front panel

• Each time you press the button, the bass boost function turns

on (“BASSBOOST ON”) and off (“BASSBOOST OFF”).

– Select “BASSBOOST ON” to activate the bass boost function.

The BASS BOOST indicator lights up on the display.

– Select “BASSBOOST OFF” to cancel it.

The indicator goes off.

Note:

This function affects the front speaker sounds only.

BASS BOOST

On the remote
control

Adjusting the Tone

You can adjust the bass and treble sounds as you like.

Before y ou start, remember....

• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

On the front panel:

1. Press ADJUST repeatedly until

ADJUST SETTIN

“BASS” or “TREBLE” appears on
the display.

• Select “BASS” to adjust the bass sound level.

• Select “TREBLE” to adjust the treble sound level.

From the remote control:

Press BASS +/– or TREBLE +/– to

BASS

−+

adjust the bass or treble sound level
(+10 dB to –10 dB).

TREBLE

−

+

Attenuating the Input Signal

When the input level of the playing source is too high, the sounds
will be distorted. If this happens, you need to attenuate the input
signal level to prevent the sound distortion.

On the front panel ONLY:

Press and hold INPUT ATT so that

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

the INPUT ATT indicator lights up
on the display.

• Each time you press and hold the button, the
Input Attenuator mode turns on (“INPUT ATT
ON”) or off (“INPUT NORMAL”).

Notes:

• This function is available only for the sources connected using the

analog terminals.

• This function takes effect when the DSP mode is in use.

• When selecting “DVD MULTI” as the source, this effect does not

work.

INPUT ATT

Adjusting the Subwoofer Output Level

You can adjust the subwoofer output level if you have selected
“YES” for the “SUBWOOFER” (see page 14).
Once it has been adjusted, the receiver memorizes the adjustment.

Before y ou start, remember....

• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

• When the front speakers are all deactivated, the subwoofer level
cannot be adjusted.

On the front panel:

1. Press ADJUST repeatedly until

ADJUST SETTING

“SUBWFR LEVEL” appears on
the display.

The display changes to show the current setting.

2. Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞

CONTROL

DOWN UP

to adjust the subwoofer output
level (+10 dB to –10 dB).

2. Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞
to adjust the bass or treble sound
level (+10 dB to –10 dB).

• Each time you press the button, the

sound level changes by ± 2 steps.

CONTROL

DOWN UP

From the remote control:

1. Press SOUND.

The 10 keys are activated for sound adjustments.

2. Press SUBWOOFER +/– to adjust
the subwoofer output level (+10 dB
to –10 dB).

SOUND

– SUB WOOFER +

0 +10

FM MODE 100

12

+

Basic Settings

Some of the following settings are required after connecting and positioning your speakers in your listening room, while
others will make operations easier.

Recording a Source

For analog-to-analog recording

You can record any analog source through the receiver to —

• the cassette deck (or CD recorder) connected to the TAPE/CDR
jacks, and

• the VCR connected to the VCR jacks

— at the same time.

For digital-to-digital recording

You can record the currently selected digital input through the
receiver to a digital recording device connected to the DIGITAL
OUT terminal.

Notes:

• Analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog recordings are not possible.

• The output volume level, bass boost (see page 12), tone

adjustment (see page 12), and DSP modes (see page 23) cannot
affect the recording.

• The test tone signal (see pages 26 and 27) does not come out

through the DIGITAL OUT terminal.

Adjusting the Front Speaker Output
Balance

If the sounds you hear from the front right and left speakers are
unequal, you can adjust the speaker output balance.

Before y ou start, remember....

• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

On the front panel ONLY:

1. Press ADJUST repeatedly until

ADJUST SETTING

“L/R BALANCE” appears on the
display.

The display changes to show the current setting.

Changing the Source Name

When you have connected a CD recorder to the TAPE/CDR jacks or
the DBS tuner to the TV SOUND/DBS jacks on the rear panel,
change the source name which will be shown on the display when
you select the CD recorder or DBS tuner as the source.

On the front panel ONLY:

When changing the source name from “TAPE”
to “CDR”:

• Press and hold TAPE/CDR/
SOURCE NAME to assign

TAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

“CDR.”

When changing the source name from “TV
SOUND” to “DBS”:

• Press and hold TV SOUND/DBS/
SOURCE NAME to assign “DBS.”

To change the source name to “TAPE” or “TV SOUND,” repeat

the same procedure above — press and hold TAPE/CDR/SOURCE
NAME to select “TAPE” or TV SOUND/DBS/SOURCE NAME to
select “TV SOUND.”

Note:

Without changing the source name, you can still use the connected
components. However, there may be some inconvenience.
– “TAPE” or “TV SOUND” will appear on the display when you select

the CD recorder or DBS tuner.
– You cannot use the digital input (see page 16) for the CD recorder.
– You cannot use the COMPU LINK remote control system (see page

31) to operate the CD recorder.

TV SOUND/DBS

SOURCE NAME

2. Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞
to adjust the balance.

• Pressing CONTROL UP 5 decreases the

left channel output from CNTR (Center)
to –21.

• Pressing CONTROL DOWN ∞ decreases

the right channel output from CNTR
(Center) to –21.

13

CONTROL

DOWN UP

Setting the Subwoofer Information

T

Register whether you have connected a subwoofer or not.

Before y ou start, remember....

• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is

canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

On the front panel ONLY:

1. Press SETTING repeatedly until

SETTING

“SUBWOOFER” appears on the
display.

The display changes to show the current setting.

2. Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞

CONTROL

DOWN UP

to register whether you have
connected a subwoofer or not.

• Each time you press the button, the

subwoofer setting alternates between
“YES” and “NO.”

YES: Select this when a subwoofer is used.

up on the display (see page 10).

NO: Select this when no subwoofer is used.

S.WFR

lights

Setting the Speakers for the DSP Modes

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 to select the appropriate
items for the other speakers.

Notes:

• Keep the following comment in mind as reference when adjusting.

– If the size of the cone speaker unit built in your speaker is greater

than 4 3/4 inches (12 cm ), select “LARGE,” and if it is smaller
than 4 3/4 inches (12 cm ), select “SMALL.”

• If you have selected “NO” for the subwoofer setting, you can only

select “LARGE” for the front speaker setting.

• If you have selected “SMALL” for the front speaker setting, you

cannot select “LARGE” for the center and rear speaker settings.

Center Delay Time Setting

Register the delay time of the sound from the center speaker,
comparing to that of the sound from the front speakers.
If the distance from your listening point to the center speaker is
equal to that to the front speakers, select 0 msec. As the distance to
the center speaker becomes shorter, the delay time increases.

• 1 msec increase (or decrease) in delay time corresponds to

13

/16 inches (30 cm) decrease (or increase) in distance.

11

• When shipped from the factory, delay time is set to 0 msec.

On the front panel ONLY:

1. Press SETTING repeatedly until

SETTING

“CENTER DELAY” appears on
the display.

The display changes to show the current setting.

To obtain the best possible surround sound of the DSP modes, you
have to register the information about the speakers arrangement after
all connections are completed.

2. Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞
to select the delay time of the

CONTROL

DOWN UP

center speaker output.

Before y ou start, remember....

• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

Front, Center, and Rear Speaker Setting

Register the sizes of all the connected speakers.

• When you change your speakers, you need to register the
information about the speakers again.

On the front panel ONLY:

1. Press SETTING repeatedly until

ST SETTING

“FRONT SPK” (Front Speaker),
“CENTER SPK” (Center
Speaker) or “REAR SPK” (Rear
Speaker) appears on the display.

The display changes to show the current setting.

2. Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞

CONTROL

DOWN UP

to select the appropriate item
about the speaker selected in the
above step.

• Each time you press the button, the display
changes to show the following:

LARGE SMALL NO

• Press CONTROL UP 5 to increase the delay
time from 0 msec (“C_DELAY 0MS”) to
5 msec (“C_DELAY 5MS”).

• Press CONTROL DOWN ∞ to decrease the
delay time from 5 msec (“C_DELAY 5MS”)
to 0 msec (“C_DELAY 0MS”).

Notes:

• Center delay time is not valid for the DVD MULTI playback mode.

• You cannot adjust the center delay time when you have set
“CENTER SPK” to “NO.”

Rear Delay Time Setting

Register the delay time of the sound from the rear speakers,
comparing to that of the sound from the front speakers.
If the distance from your listening point to the rear speakers is equal
to that to the front speakers, select 0 msec. As the distance to the
rear speakers becomes shorter, the delay time increases.

• 1 msec increase (or decrease) in delay time corresponds to

13

/16 inches (30 cm) decrease (or increase) in distance.

11

• Rear delay time for Dolby Digital and DTS Digital Surround is to

be set to 5 msec.

• When shipped from the factory, delay time is set to 5 msec.

On the front panel ONLY:

1. Press SETTING repeatedly until

SETTING

“REAR DELAY” appears on the

LARGE: Select this when the speaker size is relatively large.
SMALL: Select this when the speaker size is relatively small.
NO: Select this when you have not connected a speaker.

(Not selectable for the front speakers)

display.

The display changes to show the current setting.

Continued to the next page.

14

T

2. Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞

CONTROL

DOWN UP

to select the delay time of the rear
speaker output.

• Press CONTROL UP 5 to increase the delay
time from 0 msec (“R_DELAY 0MS”) to
15 msec (“R_DELAY 15MS”).

• Press CONTROL DOWN ∞ to decrease the
delay time from 15 msec (“R_DELAY 15MS”)
to 0 msec (“R_DELAY 0MS”).

Notes:

• Rear delay time is not valid for the DVD MULTI playback mode.

• You cannot adjust the rear delay time when you have set “REAR
SPK” to “NO.”

Crossover Frequency Setting

Small speakers cannot reproduce the bass sound very well. So, if
you have used a small speaker for any of the front, center, and rear
channels, this receiver automatically reallocate the bass elements,
originally assigned to the channel for which you have connected the
small speaker, to another channel (for which you have connected the
large speaker).
To use this function properly, you need to set the crossover
frequency level according to the size of the small speaker connected.

• If you have selected “LARGE” for all speakers (see page 14), this

function is set to “OFF” and cannot be adjusted.

On the front panel ONLY:

1. Press SETTING repeatedly until

T SETTING

“CROSSOVER FRQ” (Crossover
Frequency) appears on the display.

The display changes to show the current setting.

2. Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞

CONTROL

DOWN UP

to select the crossover fr equency
level according to the size of the
small speaker connected.

• Each time you press the button, the display changes to show
the following:

80HZ 100HZ 120HZ

Low Frequency Effect Attenuator Setting

If the bass sound is distorted while playing back a source using
Dolby Digital or DTS Digital Surround, follow the procedure below.

On the front panel ONLY:

1. Press SETTING repeatedly until

SETTING

“LFE ATT” (Low Frequency
Effect Attenuator) appears on the
display.

The display changes to show the current setting.

2. Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞

CONTROL

DOWN UP

to select the low frequency effect
attenuator level.

• Each time you press the button, the display
changes to show the following:

0dB 10dB

0dB: Normally select this.
10dB: Select this when the bass sound is distorted.

Notes:

• Low frequency effect attenuator is not valid for the DVD MULTI
playback mode.

• This function takes effect only when the subwoofer (LFE) signals
come in, (with “SUBWOOFER” set to “YES.”)

Dynamic Range Compression Setting

You can compress the dynamic range (difference between maximum
sound and minimum sound) of the reproduced sound. This is useful
when enjoying surround sound at night.

• This function takes effect only when playing back a source using

Dolby Digital.

On the front panel ONLY:

1. Press SETTING repeatedly until

T SETTING

“D_RANGE COMP” (Dynamic
Range Compression) appears on
the display.

The display changes to show the current setting.

• Use the following comments as reference when adjusting.

80HZ: Select this when the cone speaker unit built in the

speaker is about 4

100HZ: Select this when the cone speaker unit built in the

speaker is about 3

120HZ: Select this when the cone speaker unit built in the

speaker is about 3 3/16 inches (8 cm).

3

/4 inches (12 cm).

15

/16 inches (10 cm).

Note:

Crossover frequency is not valid for the DVD MULTI playback mode
and HEADPHONE mode.

2. Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞

to select the appropriate item
about the compression level.

• Each time you press the button, the display
changes to show the following:

OFF MID MAX

OFF: Select this when you want to enjoy surround with its

full dynamic range. (No effect applied.)

MID: Select this when you want to reduce the dynamic

range a little. (Factory setting.)

MAX: Select this when you want to apply the compression

effect fully. (Useful at night.)

CONTROL

DOWN UP

Note:

Dynamic Range Compression is not valid for the DTS Digital
Surround and DVD MULTI playback mode.

15

Digital Input (DIGITAL IN) Terminal

DIGIT AL A UT O

DIGIT AL

Setting

Selecting the Analog or Digital Input
Mode

When you use the digital input terminals, you have to register what
components are connected to which terminals (DIGITAL IN 1/2/3/4).

Before y ou start, remember....

• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

On the front panel ONLY:

To set the DIGITAL 1 terminal

1. Press SETTING repeatedly until

T SETTING

“COAX DIG IN” appears on the
display.

The display changes to show the current setting.

2. Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞

CONTROL

DOWN UP

to select the appropriate digital
terminal setting.

• Each time you press the button, the display changes to
show the following:

1 DVD “ 1 CDR “ 1 TV (or 1 DBS*) “ 1 CD “
(back to the beginning)

If you have changed the source name from “TV SOUND” to

*

“DBS,” “DBS” appears (see page 13.)

When the DIGITAL 1 terminal is set, the
DIGITAL 2/3/4 terminal is automatically set as
follows:

DIGITAL 3 terminal setting

When you have connected digital source components, you need to
select the input mode correctly according to the connection you
made.

Before y ou start, remember...

• The digital input (DIGITAL IN) terminal setting should be
correctly done for the sources you want to select the digital
input mode for. Without setting this digital input terminal

correctly, you cannot change the input mode from analog input to
digital input even if you follow the procedure below.

On the front panel:

1. Press one of the

source selecting
buttons (DVD, TV
SOUND/DBS, CD,

DVD MULTI

PHONO

DVD VCR

CD TAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TV SOUND/DBS

SOURCE NAME

FM/AM

or TAPE/CDR)*
for which you
want to change the input mode.

Note:

*

Among the sources listed above, you can select the digital input
only for the sources which you have selected the digital input
terminals for. (See “Digital Input (DIGITAL IN) Terminal Setting.”)

2. Press INPUT ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

to change the input mode.

• Each time you press the button, the input
mode changes as follows:

AUTO

(Digital)

ANALOG

INPUT ATT

DIGITAL 2 terminal setting

DIGITAL 4 terminal setting

When the DIGITAL 1 is set to “DVD”

2 CD 3 TV (or DBS*) 4 CDR

When the DIGITAL 1 is set to “CDR”

2 DVD 3 CD 4 TV (or DBS*)

When the DIGITAL 1 is set to “TV” or “DBS”

2 DVD 3 CD 4 CDR

When the DIGITAL 1 is set to “CD”

2 DVD 3 TV (or DBS*) 4 CDR

*

If you have changed the source name from “TV SOUND” to
“DBS,” “DBS” appears (see page 13.)

Notes:

• When shipped from the factory, the DIGITAL IN terminals can be
used as the digital input for the following components.

• DIGITAL 1 (coaxial): For DVD player

• DIGITAL 2 (optical): For CD player

• DIGITAL 3 (optical): For digital TV broadcast tuner

• DIGITAL 4 (optical): For CDR

• When using the DIGITAL 4 terminal for the CD recorder, you need
to select “CDR” as the source name. (See page 13.)

AUTO: Select this for the digital input mode. The receiver

automatically detects the incoming signal format.
(The DIGITAL AUTO indicator lights up on the
display, and the digital signal indicator for the
detected signals also light up.)*

ANALOG: Select this for the analog input mode.

* The followings are the analog/digital signal indicators on the

display to indicate what type of the signal comes into the
receiver.

: Lights up when “AUTO” is selected as

the digital input mode.

ANALOG

: Lights up when the analog input is

selected.

LINEAR PCM

: Lights up when Linear PCM signals

come in.

: Lights up when Dolby Digital signals

come in.

: Lights up when DTS Digital Surround

signals come in.

Continued to the next page.

16

When playing a software encoded with the DTS Digital

2010 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

(Canceled)

00

Surround, “AUTO” may not work properly and the following
symptoms may occur:

• Sound does not come out at the beginning of playback.

• Noise comes out while using the searching or skipping
function.

In this case, press CONTROL UP 5/
DOWN ∞ to select “DTS” while “AUTO”

CONTROL

DOWN UP

is lit on the display.

• Each time you press the button, the input
mode changes as follows:

AUTO

(Digital)

DTS

(Digital)

Note:

When you turn off the power or select another source, “DTS”
setting is canceled and the digital input mode is automatically
reset to “AUTO.”

To change the input mode back to analog input, select
“ANALOG” by pressing INPUT ANALOG/DIGITAL again.

Storing the Basic Settings and
Adjustments

You can assign and store different sound settings for each different
playing source. By using this function, you do not have to change
the settings every time you change the source. The stored settings
for the newly selected source are automatically recalled.

The following can be stored for each source:

• Bass boost (see page 12)

• Tone adjustment (see page 12)

• Input attenuator mode (see page 12)

• Subwoofer output level (see page 12)

• Balance (see page 13)

• DSP modes
– Surround mode (see page 26)
– DAP mode (see page 28)

• DVD MULTI playback mode (see page 30)

The above settings are stored automatically in the following cases:

• When you turn on the power.

• When you change the source.

• When you assign the source name.

From the remote control:

1. Press the source selecting
button (D VD, CD, TV/DBS,

DVD MUIL TIDVD

CD

TAPE/CDRTV/DBS VCR PHONO

or TAPE/CDR)* for which
you want to change the
input mode.

Note:

*

Among the sources listed above, you can select the digital input
only for the sources which you have selected the digital input
terminals for. (See “Digital Input (DIGITAL IN) Terminal Setting.”)

2. Press ANALOG/DIGITAL to

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

change the input mode.

• Each time you press the button, the

input mode changes as follows:

ANALOG

When playing a software encoded with the DTS Digital
Surround, “AUTO” may not work properly. In this case, press

CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞ on the front panel to select “DTS.”
(See above.)

Note:

You can only select “ANALOG” and “AUTO” using the remote
control.

AUTO

(Digital)

FM/AM

Notes:

• You cannot assign and store different settings for digital input mode
and analog input mode.

• The DSP modes and DVD MULTI playback mode cannot be used at
the same time.

• If the source is FM or AM (MW/LW), you can assign a different
setting for each band.

Using the Sleep Timer

Using the Sleep Timer, you can fall asleep to music and know the
receiver will turn off by itself rather than play all night.

From the remote control ONLY:

Press SLEEP repeatedly.

The SLEEP indicator lights up on the display,
and the shut-off time changes as follows (in
minutes):

When the shut-off time comes

The receiver turns off automatically.

To check or change the time remaining until the shut-off time

Press SLEEP once.
The remaining time until the shut-off time appears in minutes.

• To change the shut-off time, press SLEEP repeatedly.

To cancel the Sleep Timer

Press SLEEP repeatedly until “SLEEP 00 MIN.” appears on the
display. (The SLEEP indicator goes off.)

• Turning off the power also cancels the Sleep Timer.

SLEEP

17

Receiving Radio Broadcasts

You can browse through all the stations or use the preset function to go immediately to a particular station.

Tuning in Stations Manually

On the front panel:

1. Press FM/AM to select the band
(FM or AM — MW/LW).

FM/AM

The last received station of the selected band
is tuned in.

• Each time you press the button, the band alternates between

FM and AM (MW/LW).

1

SPK

L

ANALOG

2. Press FM/AM TUNING 5/ ∞until

R

TUNED

VOLUME

FM/AM TUNING

you find the frequency you want.

• Pressing FM/AM TUNING 5 increases

the frequency.

• Pressing FM/AM TUNING ∞ decreases

the frequency.

From the remote control:

1. Press FM/AM to select the band.

• Each time you press the button, the band

alternates between FM and AM (MW/LW).

2. Press TUNING +/– until you find
the frequency you want.

• Pressing TUNING + increases the

frequency.

• Pressing TUNING – decreases the

frequency.

Notes:

• When a station of sufficient signal strength is tuned in, the TUNED

indicator lights up on the display.

• When an FM stereo program is received, the STEREO indicator

also lights up.

FM/AM

+

TUNING

−

Using Preset Tuning

Once a station is assigned to a channel number, the station can be
quickly tuned. You can preset up to 30 FM and 15 AM (MW/LW)
stations.

To store the preset stations

Before y ou start, remember...

• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

On the front panel ONLY:

1. Tune in the station you want to preset (see

“Tuning in Stations Manually”).

• If you want to store the FM reception mode for this station,
select the FM reception mode you want. See “Selecting the
FM Reception Mode” on page 19.

SPK

1

L

ANALOG

2. Press MEMORY.

ANALOG

R

1

SPK

L

R

CH-

TUNED

TUNED

VOLUME

MEMORY

VOLUME

“CH-” appears and the channel number position starts flashing
on the display for about 5 seconds.

3. Press FM/AM PRESET 5/ ∞ to

FM/AM PRESET

select a channel number while the
channel number position is flashing.

1

SPK

L

ANALOG

R

CH-

TUNED

VOLUME

Note:

You can use the 10 keys on the remote control to select the preset
number. When using the 10 keys, be sure that they are activated
for the tuner, not for the CD and others. (See page 32.)

4. Press MEMORY again while the

MEMORY

selected channel number is flashing on
the display.

The selected channel number stops flashing.
The station is assigned to the selected channel number.

1

SPK

L

ANALOG

R

CH-

TUNED

VOLUME

5. Repeat steps 1 to 4 until you store all the
stations you want.

To erase a stored preset station

Storing a new station on a used number erases the previously stored
one.

18

To tune in a preset station

FM MODE

On the front panel:

1. Press FM/AM to select the band
(FM or AM — MW/LW).

The last received station of the selected band
is tuned in.

FM/AM

Selecting the FM Reception Mode

When an FM stereo broadcast is hard to
receive or noisy

You can change the FM reception mode while receiving an FM
broadcast.

• You can store the FM reception mode for each preset station.

2. Press FM/AM PRESET 5/ ∞ until

FM/AM PRESET

you find the channel you want.

• Pressing FM/AM PRESET 5 increases the

channel numbers.

• Pressing FM/AM PRESET ∞ decreases the

channel numbers.

From the remote control:

1. Press FM/AM.

• Each time you press the button, the band

alternates between FM and AM (MW/LW).

2. Press the 10 keys to select a preset
channel number.

• For channel number 5, press 5.

• For channel number 15, press +10 then 5.

• For channel number 20, press +10 then 10.

• For channel number 30, press +10, +10,

then 10.

Note:

When you use the 10 keys on the remote control, be sure that they
are activated for the tuner, not for the CD and others. (See page 32.)

FM/AM

– CENTER +

EFFECT

231

MENU

– REAR • L +

TEST

564

ENTER

– REAR • R +

897/P

– SUB WOOFER +

0

RETURN FM MODE 100

+1010

Press FM MODE on the front panel or on the
remote control.

• Each time you press the button, the FM reception mode
alternates between “AUTO” and “MONO.”

– SUB WOOFER +

0

FM MODE

On the front panel On the remote control

1

SPK

L

ANALOG

ANALOG

+

AUTO: When a program is broadcasted in stereo, you will hear

MONO: Reception will be improved although you will lose the

R

SPK

1

L

R

AUTO MUTING TUNED STEREO

TUNED

stereo sound; when in monaural, you will hear
monaural sounds. This mode is also useful to suppress
static noise between stations. The AUTO MUTING
indicator lights up on the display.

stereo effect. In this mode, you will hear noise while
tuning into the stations. The AUTO MUTING indicator
goes off from the display.

Note:

When using the FM MODE button on the remote control, be sure that
the 10 keys are activated for the tuner, not for the CD and others.
(See page 32.)

19

Using the RDS (Radio Data System) to
Receive FM Stations

RDS allows FM stations to send an additional signal along with their
regular program signals. For example, the stations send their station
names, as well as information about what type of program they
broadcast, such as sports or music, etc.

When tuned to an FM station which provides the RDS service, the
RDS indicator lights up on the display.

With the receiver, you can receive the following types of RDS
signals.

PS (Program Service): Shows commonly known station names
PTY (Program Type): Shows types of broadcast programs
RT (Radio Text): Shows text messages the station sends
EON (Enhanced Other Network): See page 21.

Notes:

• RDS is not available for AM (MW/LW) broadcasts.

• RDS may not operate correctly if the station tuned is not
transmitting RDS signal properly or if the signal strength is weak.

What information can RDS signals provide?

You can see the RDS signals the station sends on the display.

To show the RDS signals
Press DISPLAY MODE on the front panel or DISPLAY on the
remote control while listening to an FM station.

DISPLAY MODE

Notes:

• When pressing DISPLAY on the remote control, make sure that you
have selected FM station using the remote control. If not, the
DISPLAY button does not work for tuner operation. (Pressing FM/
AM activates the remote control for tuner operation.)

• If searching finishes at once, “PS,” “PTY,” and “RT” will not appear
on the display.

Searching for a Program by PTY Codes

One of the advantages of the RDS service is that you can locate a
particular kind of program from the preset channels (see page 18) by
specifying the PTY codes.

To search for a program using the PTY codes

Before y ou start, remember...

• The PTY Search is only applicable to preset stations.

• To stop searching any time during the process, press PTY

SEARCH while searching.

• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is

canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

• When pressing the buttons on the remote control, make sure that

you have selected the FM station using the remote control. If not,
the RDS operation buttons do not work for RDS operation.
(Pressing FM/AM activates the remote control for RDS
operation.)

/REW FF/

PTY–

PA USE

PTY SEARCH

PTY+

FM/AM

STOP

DISPLAY

On the front panel

On the remote control

• Each time you press the button, the display changes to show you
the following information:

PS PTY

RTFrequency

PS (Program Service):

While searching, “PS” appears and then the station names will be
displayed. “NO PS” appears if no signal is sent.

PTY (Program Type):

While searching, “PTY” appears and then the type of the broadcast
program will be displayed. “NO PTY” appears if no signal is sent.

RT (Radio Text):

While searching, “RT” appears and then text messages the station
sends will be displayed. “NO RT” appears if no signal is sent.

Frequency:

Station frequency (non-RDS service)

About characters shown on the display

When the display shows PS, PTY, or RT signals, the following
characters are used.

• The display cannot differentiate upper case and lower case letters
and always uses upper case letters.

• The display cannot show accented letters, “A,” for instance, may
stand for accented “A’s” like “Å, Ä, Ã, Á, À, and Â.”

STOP

DISPLAY

On the front panel:

1. Press PTY SEARCH while

PTY SEARCH

listening to an FM station.

“PTY SELECT” flashes on the display.

2. Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞

CONTROL

DOWN UP

until the PTY code you want
appears on the display, while
“PTY SELECT” is flashing.

The display gives you the PTY codes described
on page 21.

3. Press PTY SEARCH again, while

PTY SEARCH

the PTY code selected in the
previous step is still on the display.

While searching, “SEARCH” and the
selected PTY code alternate on the display.
The receiver searches 30 preset FM stations, stops when it finds
the one you have selected, and tunes in that station.

To continue searching after the first stop

Press PTY SEARCH again while the indications on the display are
flashing.
If no program is found, “NOTFOUND” appears on the display.

20

From the remote control:

1. Press PTY SEARCH while

listening to an FM station.

“PTY SELECT” flashes on the display.

2. Press and hold PTY + or PTY –

until the PTY code you want
appears on the display, while
“PTY SELECT” is flashing.

P A USE

PTY SEARCH

FF/

PTY+

/REW

The display gives you the PTY codes
described below.

3. Press PTY SEARCH again, while

the PTY code selected in the
previous step is still on the display.

PTY–

P A USE

PTY SEARCH

While searching, “SEARCH” and the
selected PTY code alternate on the display.
The receiver searches 30 preset FM stations, stops when it finds
the one you have selected, and tunes in that station.

To continue searching after the first stop

Press PTY SEARCH again while the indications on the display are
flashing.
If no program is found, “NOTFOUND” appears on the display.

PTY codes

Switching to a Broadcast Program of
Your Choice Temporarily

Another convenient RDS service is called “EON (Enhanced Other
Network).”
The EON indicator lights up while receiving an FM station with the
EON code. (The EON indicator also lights up while receiving an
AM station but the EON function will not work.)
This allows the receiver to switch temporarily to a broadcast
program of your choice (NEWS, TA, and/or INFO) from a different
station except in the following cases:

• When you are listening to non-RDS stations (all AM — MW/LW
and some FM stations).

• When the last received FM station is a non-RDS station.

• When the receiver is in standby mode.

Before y ou start, remember...

• The EON function is only applicable to preset stations.

On the front panel ONLY:

1. Press EON so that the last selected

EON

program type appears on the
display.

The receiver enters EON standby mode. When the
receiver is in EON standby mode, the receiver is
ready to receive the EON data (TA/NEWS/INFO)
you select.

NONE

ALARM

TEST

DOCUMENT

FOLK M (MUSIC)

OLDIES

NATION M (NATIONAL MUSIC)

COUNTRY

JAZZ

LEISURE

TRAVEL

PHONE IN

RELIGION

SOCIAL (AFFAIRS)

INFO (INFORMATION)

EDUCATE (EDUCATION)

NEWS

AFFAIRS

SPORT

DRAMA

CULTURE

SCIENCE

VARIED

POP M (MUSIC)

ROCK M (MUSIC)

EASY M (MUSIC)

LIGHT M (MUSIC)

2. Press TA/NEWS/INFO until the

program type you want appears on
the display.

• Each time you press the button, the display changes
to show the following:

TA

TA/NEWS/INFO

NEWS

INFO

NEWS/INFO

TA: Traffic Announcement in your area.
NEWS: News.
INFO: Program the purpose of which is to impart advice in

the widest sense.

TA/NEWS

TA/INFO

TA/NEWS/INFO

21

CHILDREN

FINANCE

CLASSICS

OTHER M (MUSIC)

WEATHER

CASE 1

The receiver continues playing the current source (all sources
except AM — MW/LW).

If there is no station broadcasting the program
you have selected

‘

When a station starts broadcasting the program you have
selected, the receiver automatically switches to the station. The
indicator of received PTY code starts flashing.

‘

When the program is over, the receiver goes back to the
previously selected source, but still remains in EON standby
mode. The indicator of received PTY code stops flashing and
remains lit.

CASE 2

The receiver changes the source (all sources except AM —
MW/LW), and tunes in the station. The indicator of received
PTY code starts flashing.

If there is a station broadcasting the program
you have selected

‘

When the program is over, the receiver goes back to the
previously selected source, but still remains in EON standby
mode. The indicator of received PTY code stops flashing and
remains lit.

CASE 3

If the FM station you are listening to is
broadcasting the program you have selected

When an emergency broadcast (ALARM signal) is sent from an
FM station:

The receiver automatically tunes in the station except in the
following cases:

• When you are listening to non-RDS stations (all AM — MW/LW
and some FM stations).

• When the receiver is in standby mode.

While receiving an emergency broadcast, “ALARM” appears on the
display.

The TEST signal is used for equipment test — whether it can
receive the ALARM signal correctly.

The TEST signal makes the receiver work in the same way as the
ALARM signal does. If the TEST signal is received, the receiver
automatically switches to the station broadcasting the TEST signal.
While receiving the test signal, “TEST” appears on the display.

Notes:

• EON data sent from some stations may not be compatible with this

receiver.

• In EON standby mode, if you carry out synchronized recording (see

page 31), EON standby mode is canceled temporarily. The receiver
goes back to EON standby mode again when you have finished
that operation.

• The EON mode only works when receiving an FM station with the

EON code. (The EON indicator lights up while receiving an AM
station but the EON function will not work.)

• While listening to a program tuned in by the EON function, you

cannot use source selecting buttons and PTY SEARCH button.

CAUTION:

When the source alternates intermittently between the station tuned in
by the EON function and the currently selected source, press EON to
cancel the EON function.
If you do not press the button, the currently tuned station is received
finally, and the indication of the EON program type flashing on the
display disappears.

The receiver continues to receive the station, but the indicator
of received PTY code starts flashing.

‘

When the program is over, the indicator of received PTY code
stops flashing and remains lit, but the receiver remains in EON
standby mode.

To stop listening to the program selected by EON

Press EON so that the program type (TA/NEWS/INFO) indicator
goes off from the display. The receiver enters EON off mode and
goes back to the previously selected source.

• Each time you press EON, the EON mode alternates between
standby mode and off mode.

22

Using the DSP Modes

The built-in Surround Processor provides two types of the DSP (Digital Signal Processor) mode — Surround mode and
DAP (Digital Acoustic Processor) mode.

What are the DSP Modes?

Surround modes

With this receiver, you can use three types of the Surround mode.

Following modes cannot be used when only the front speakers
are connected to this receiver (without the rear speakers or
center speaker).

Dolby Surround (Dolby Digital and Dolby Pro Logic)

Used to watch the soundtracks of software encoded with Dolby
Digital (bearing the mark
(bearing the mark

DOLBY SURROUND

DIGITAL

) or with Dolby Surround

).
Dolby Surround encoding format records the left front channel, right
front channel, center channel, and rear channel (total 4 channels)
signals into 2 channels. The Dolby Pro Logic decoder built in this
receiver decodes these 2 channel signals into original 4 channel
signals — matrix-based multichannel reproduction, and allows you
to enjoy the realistic stereo sounds in your listening room.
On the other hand, Dolby Digital encoding method (so called
discrete 5.1 channel digital audio format) records and compresses
the left front channel, right front channel, center channel, left rear
channel, right rear channel, and LFE channel (total 6 channels, but
LFE channel is counted as 0.1 channel, therefore called 5.1
channels) signals digitally. Each channel is completely independent
from other channel signals to avoid interference, therefore, you can
obtain much better sound quality with much stereo and surround
effects.
The Dolby Digital decoder built in this receiver can create much
more realistic sound field in your listening room. You may feel as if
you were in a real theater.
In addition, Dolby Digital enables stereo rear sounds, and sets the
cutoff frequency of the rear treble at 20 kHz, compared to 7 kHz for
Dolby Pro Logic. These facts enhance the sound movement and
being-there feelings much more than Dolby Pro Logic.

• To enjoy the software encoded with Dolby Digital, you must

connect the source component using the digital terminal on the
rear of this receiver. (See page 8.)

*

JVC Theater Surround

In order to reproduce a more realistic sound field in your listening
room while playing soundtracks of software encoded with Dolby
Surround (bearing the mark

DOLBY SURROUND

), you can use JVC

Theater Surround.

Notes:

• The DSP modes have no effect on monaural sources.

• When you select “DVD MULTI” as the source to play, you cannot
select or adjust the DSP modes.

• The

PRO LOGIC

decoder built in this receiver is activated.

indicator lights up when the Dolby Pro Logic

DTS Digital Surround

**

DTS Digital Surround is another discrete 5.1 channel digital audio
format available on CD, LD, and DVD software.
Compared to Dolby Digital, audio compression rate is relatively low.
This fact allows DTS Digital Surround format to add breadth and
depth to the reproduced sounds. As a result, DTS Digital Surround
features natural, solid and clear sound.

• To enjoy the software encoded with DTS Digital Surround, you
must connect the source component using the digital terminal on
the rear of this receiver. (See page 8.)

*

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby,” “Pro
Logic,” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories. Confidential Unpublished Works. ©1992–1997 Dolby
Laboratories, Inc. All rights reserved.

23

**

Manufactured under license from Digital Theater Systems, Inc. US
Pat. No. 5,451,942 and other world-wide patents issues and
pending. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are trademarks of
Digital Theater Systems, Inc. ©1996 Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
All rights reserved.

DAP modes

In order to reproduce a more acoustic sound field in your listening
room while playing soundtracks of stereo sources, you can use DAP
modes. This mode can be used when the front speakers and the

rear speakers are connected to this receiver (without respect to
the center speaker connection).

You can select one of the following to your preference.

LIVE CLUB: Gives the feeling of a live music club with a low

ceiling.

DANCE CLUB:Gives a throbbing bass beat.
HALL: Gives clear vocal and the feeling of a concert hall.
PAVILION: Gives the spacious feeling of a pavilion with a high

ceiling.

DVD MULTI Playback Mode

This receiver provides the DVD MULTI playback mode for
reproducing the analog discrete 5.1 channel output mode of the
DVD player or other equipment.
You can adjust the DVD MULTI playback mode while playing
back a video software such as a DVD using the analog discrete

5.1 channel output mode.

• For the DVD MULTI playback mode connection, see page 7.

• For details on the DVD MULTI playback mode, see page 30.

Reproducing the Sound Field

The sound heard in a concert hall or club consists of direct sound
and indirect sound — early reflections and reflections from behind.
Direct sounds reach the listener directly without any reflection. On
the other hand, indirect sounds are delayed by the distances of the
ceiling and walls. These direct sounds and indirect sounds are the
most important elements of the acoustic surround effects.
JVC Theater Surround and DAP modes can create these important
elements, and give you a real “being there” feeling.

Reflections from

Early reflections

Direct sounds

behind

Available DSP modes according to the input mode

BUTTON SURROUND ON/OFF DSP MODE

MODE SURROUND ON THEATER LIVE CLUB DANCE CLUB HALL PAVILION

ANALOG V

(2 CH) (DOLBY PRO LOGIC)

DVD MULTI

(ANALOG 5.1 CH)

LINEAR PCM

INPUT

DOLBY DIGITAL

DTS

*1When 2 channel signal comes in, DOLBY PRO LOGIC is selected. When other signals come in, DOLBY DIGITAL is selected.
*2When 2 channel signal comes in, DOLBY PRO LOGIC is selected. When other signals come in, DTS SURROUND is selected.

(DOLBY PRO LOGIC)

(DTS SURROUND)

2222222

V

1

V *

(DOLBY DIGITAL)

2

V *

VV VVV V

VV VVV V

22 222 V

22 222 V

V: Possible 2: Impossible

(SURROUND OFF)

DSP OFF

24

Available DSP Modes According to the Speaker Arrangement

Available DSP modes will vary depending on how many speakers are used with this receiver.

Make sure that you have set the speaker information correctly (see page 14).

Front

speaker

Rear

speaker

Front

speaker

Rear

speaker

Speaker arrangements

TV

Center speaker

TV

Front

speaker

Rear

speaker

Front

speaker

Rear

speaker

Available DSP modes

By pressing SURROUND ON/
OFF, the surround mode turns on
and off:

• SURROUND ON (PRO LOGIC,
DOLBY DIGITAL or DTS
SURROUND)

• SURROUND OFF (DSP mode is
canceled)

By pressing DSP MODE, the
DSP modes change as follows:

• THEATER

• LIVE CLUB

• DANCE CLUB

• HALL

• PAVILION

• DSP OFF (DSP mode is canceled)

Front

speaker

TV

Center speaker

Front

speaker

By pressing SURROUND ON/
OFF, the surround mode turns
on and off:

• SURROUND ON (PRO LOGIC,
DOLBY DIGITAL or DTS
SURROUND)

• SURROUND OFF (DSP mode is
canceled)

By pressing DSP MODE, the
DSP modes change as follows:

• THEATER

• DSP OFF (DSP mode is canceled)

25

Adjusting the Surround Modes

23

MENU

– CENTER +

Once you have adjusted the Surround modes, the adjustment is
memorized for each Surround mode.

Dolby and DTS Surround adjustments

Before you start, remember...

• Make sure that you have set the speaker information correctly
(see page 14).

• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 3 again.

• You cannot adjust the rear speaker output levels when you have set
“REAR SPK” to “NO.” See page 14.

• You cannot adjust the center speaker output level when you have
set “CENTER SPK” to “NO.” See page 14.

5. Adjust the speaker output levels.

• To adjust the center speaker level, press CENTER +/– (from
+10 dB to –10 dB).

• To adjust the left rear speaker level, press REAR•L +/– (from
+10 dB to –10 dB).

• To adjust the right rear speaker level, press REAR•R +/– (from
+10 dB to –10 dB).

– REAR • L +

56

ENTER

ENTER

– REAR • R +

89

6. Press TEST again to stop the test tone.

TEST

4

From the remote control:

1. Select and play a sound source.

• To enjoy Dolby Pro Logic, play back a software encoded with
Dolby Surround and labeled with

DOLBY SURROUND

mark.

• To enjoy Dolby Digital, play back a software encoded with
Dolby Digital and labeled with

DIGITAL

mark.

• To enjoy DTS Digital Surround, play back a software encoded
with DTS Digital Surround and labeled with mark.

2. Press SURROUND ON/OFF to

SURROUND

ON/OFF

activate an appropriate Surround
mode — PRO LOGIC, DOLBY
DIGITAL or DTS SURROUND.

When “PRO LOGIC” is selected, the PRO LOGIC indicator
lights up on the display.

• Each time you press the button, the Surround mode turns on
and off alternately.

3. Press SOUND.

SOUND

The 10 keys are activated for sound adjustments.

4. Press TEST to check the speaker
output balance.

“TEST TONE L” starts flashing on the
display, and a test tone comes out of the
speakers in the following order:

TEST TONE L

(Left front speaker)

TEST TONE C

(Center speaker)

TEST TONE LS

(Left rear speaker)

Notes:

• You can adjust the speaker output levels without outputting the

test tone.

• No test tone comes out of the center speaker when “CENTER

SPK” is set to “NO” (see page 14).

• No test tone comes out of the rear speakers when “REAR SPK”

is set to “NO” (see page 14).

TEST TONE R

(Right front speaker)

TEST TONE RS

(Right rear speaker)

TEST

On the front panel:

You can also use the buttons on the front panel to adjust the
Surround modes. However, no test tone is available when using the
buttons on the front panel. So, make adjustments while listening to
the sound of the source played back.

1. Select and play a sound source.

• To enjoy Dolby Pro Logic, play back a software encoded with
Dolby Surround and labeled with

DOLBY SURROUND

mark.

• To enjoy Dolby Digital, play back a software encoded with
Dolby Digital and labeled with

DIGITAL

mark.

• To enjoy DTS Digital Surround, play back a software encoded
with DTS Digital Surround and labeled with

2. Press SURROUND ON/OFF to

mark.

SURROUND ON/OFF

activate an appropriate Surround
mode — PRO LOGIC, DOLBY
DIGITAL or DTS SURROUND.

When “PRO LOGIC” is selected, the PRO LOGIC indicator
lights up on the display.

• Each time you press the button, the Surround mode turns on

4

and off alternately.

3. Adjust the speaker output levels.

1) Press ADJUST repeatedly until one of

the following indications appears on
the display.

“CENTER LEVEL”:

To adjust the center speaker level.

“REAR L LEVEL”:

To adjust the left rear speaker level.

“REAR R LEVEL”:

To adjust the right rear speaker level.

2) Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞ to

adjust the selected speaker output level
(from +10 dB to –10 dB).

3) Repeat 1) and 2) to adjust the other

speaker output levels.

ADJUST SETTING

CONTROL

DOWN UP

26

JVC Theater Surround adjustments

Before you start, remember...

• Make sure that you have set the speaker information correctly
(see page 14).

• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 2 again.

• You cannot adjust the rear speaker output levels when you have set
“REAR SPK” to “NO.” See page 14.

• You cannot adjust the center speaker output level when you have
set “CENTER SPK” to “NO.” See page 14.

5. Press TEST again to stop the test tone.

6. Press EFFECT to select an effect
level you want.

• Each time you press the button, the effect

level changes as follows:

DSP EFFECT 1 DSP EFFECT 2 DSP EFFECT 3

DSP EFFECT 4DSP EFFECT 5

TEST

4

EFFECT

1

From the remote control:

1. Press DSP MODE repeatedly until

DSP

MODE

“THEATER” appears on the
display.

The PRO LOGIC and DSP indicators also light up on the
display.

2. Press SOUND.

SOUND

The 10 keys are activated for sound adjustments.

3. Press TEST to check the speaker
output balance.

TEST

4

“TEST TONE L” starts flashing on the
display, and a test tone comes out of the
speakers in the following order:

TEST TONE L

(Left front speaker)

TEST TONE LS

(Left rear speaker)

TEST TONE C

(Center speaker)

TEST TONE R

(Right front speaker)

TEST TONE RS

(Right rear speaker)

Notes:

• You can adjust the speaker output levels without outputting the

test tone.

• No test tone comes out of the center speaker when “CENTER

SPK” is set to “NO” (see page 14).

• No test tone comes out of the rear speakers when “REAR SPK”

is set to “NO” (see page 14).

4. Adjust the speaker output levels.

• To adjust the center speaker level, press CENTER +/– (from

+10 dB to –10 dB).

• To adjust the left rear speaker level, press REAR•L +/– (from

+10 dB to –10 dB).

• To adjust the right rear speaker level, press REAR•R +/– (from

+10 dB to –10 dB).

– CENTER +

23

MENU

– REAR • L +

56

ENTER

ENTER

– REAR • R +

89

As the number increases, JVC Theater Surround becomes
stronger (normally set it to “DSP EFFECT 3”).

On the front panel:

You can also use the buttons on the front panel to adjust the
Surround modes. However, no test tone is available when using the
buttons on the front panel. So, make adjustments while listening to
the sound of the source played back.

1. Press DSP MODE repeatedly until

DSP MODE

“THEATER” appears on the
display.

The PRO LOGIC and DSP indicators also
light up on the display.

2. Adjust the speaker output levels.

1) Press ADJUST repeatedly until one of

ADJUST SETTING

the following indications appears on
the display.

“CENTER LEVEL”:

To adjust the center speaker level.

“REAR L LEVEL”:

To adjust the left rear speaker level.

“REAR R LEVEL”:

To adjust the right rear speaker level.

2) Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞ to
adjust the selected speaker output level

CONTROL

DOWN UP

(from +10 dB to –10 dB).

3) Repeat 1) and 2) to adjust the other
speaker output levels.

3. Adjust the effect level.

1) Press ADJUST repeatedly until “DSP
EFFECT” appears on the display.

The display changes to show the current
setting.

2) Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞ to
select the effect level.

• Each time you press the button, the

effect level changes as follows:

ADJUST SETTING

CONTROL

DOWN UP

27

DSP EFFECT 1 DSP EFFECT 2 DSP EFFECT 3

DSP EFFECT 4DSP EFFECT 5

As the number increases, JVC Theater Surround becomes
stronger (normally set it to “DSP EFFECT 3”).

Adjusting the DAP Modes

Once you have adjusted the DAP modes, the adjustment is
memorized for each DAP mode.

Before y ou start, remember...

• Make sure that you have set the speaker information correctly
(see page 14).

• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

• You cannot adjust the rear speaker output level when you have set
“REAR SPK” to “NO.” See page 14.

On the front panel:

1. Press DSP MODE repeatedly until

DSP MODE

the DAP mode — LIVE CLUB,
DANCE CLUB, HALL, or
PAVILION — appears on the
display.

The DSP indicator also lights up on the display.

2. Adjust the rear speaker output levels.

1) Press ADJUST repeatedly until one of
the following indications appears on
the display.

“REAR L LEVEL”:

To adjust the left rear speaker level.

“REAR R LEVEL”:

To adjust the right rear speaker level.

2) Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞ to
adjust the selected speaker output level
(from +10 dB to –10 dB).

3) Repeat 1) and 2) to adjust the other
speaker output level.

ADJUST SETTING

CONTROL

DOWN UP

From the remote control:

1. Press DSP MODE repeatedly until
the DAP mode — LIVE CLUB,
DANCE CLUB, HALL, or
PAVILION — appears on the
display.

The DSP indicator also lights up on the display.

2. Press SOUND.

The 10 keys are activated for sound adjustments.

3. Adjust the rear speaker output
levels.

• To adjust the left rear speaker level, press

REAR•L +/– (from +10 dB to –10 dB).

• To adjust the right rear speaker level, press

REAR•R +/– (from +10 dB to –10 dB).

4. Press EFFECT to select an effect
level you want.

• Each time you press the button, the effect

level changes as follows:

DSP EFFECT 1 DSP EFFECT 2 DSP EFFECT 3

DSP EFFECT 4DSP EFFECT 5

As the number increases, the selected DAP mode becomes
stronger (normally set it to “DSP EFFECT 3”).

DSP

MODE

SOUND

– REAR • L +

56

ENTER

ENTER

– REAR • R +

89

EFFECT

1

3. Adjust the effect level.

1) Press ADJUST repeatedly until “DSP
EFFECT” appears on the display.

The display changes to show the current
setting.

2) Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞ to
select the effect level.

• Each time you press the button, the

effect level changes as follows:

DSP EFFECT 1 DSP EFFECT 2 DSP EFFECT 3

DSP EFFECT 4DSP EFFECT 5

As the number increases, the selected DAP mode becomes
stronger (normally set it to “DSP EFFECT 3”).

DOWN UP

ADJUST SETTING

CONTROL

28

Activating the DSP Modes

For the other DSP modes

You can use only one DSP mode at a time. When a DSP mode is
activated, another DSP mode is canceled if in use.

For Dolby Pro Logic, Dolby Digital, and DTS
Digital Surround

1. Press SURROUND ON/OFF.

• Each time you press the button, the Dolby/DTS Surround turns

on and off alternately.

SURROUND ON/OFF

On the front panel

SURROUND

ON/OFF

On the remote control

2. Select and play a sound source.

• To enjoy Dolby Pro Logic, play back a software encoded with

Dolby Surround and labeled with

DOLBY SURROUND

• To enjoy Dolby Digital, play back a software encoded with

Dolby Digital and labeled with

DIGITAL

• To enjoy DTS Digital Surround, play back a software encoded

with DTS Digital Surround and labeled with

To cancel the Dolby/DTS Surround mode

Press SURROUND ON/OFF again. (“SURROUND OFF” appears
on the display.)

mark.

mark.

mark.

1. Press DSP MODE repeatedly until the mode
you want appears on the display.

• Each time you press the button, the DSP modes change. (See

page 25 for more details.)

DSP MODE

On the front panel

On the remote control

DSP

MODE

2. Select and play a sound source.

• To enjoy JVC Theater Surround, play back a software encoded

with Dolby Surround and labeled with

To cancel the DSP mode

Press DSP MODE repeatedly until “DSP OFF” appears on the
display.

DSP MODE

On the front panel

On the remote control

DOLBY SURROUND

DSP

MODE

mark.

SURROUND ON/OFF

On the front panel

SURROUND

ON/OFF

On the remote control

29

Using the DVD MULTI Playback Mode

23

MENU

– CENTER +

This receiver provides the DVD MULTI playback mode for reproducing the analog discrete output mode of the DVD
player. Before playing back a DVD, refer also to the manual supplied with the DVD player.

Activating the DVD MULTI Playback Mode

You can adjust the DVD MULTI playback mode while playing back
a DVD using the analog discrete output mode on the DVD player.
Once you have made adjustments, the receiver memorizes the
adjustments until you change them. You also need to set the DVD
player to the analog discrete output mode.

Before y ou start, remember...

• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

On the front panel:

1. Press DVD MULTI so that “DVD

DVD MULTI

MULTI” appears on the display.

Note:

When you select “DVD MULTI” as the source to play, the DSP
mode is canceled, and the SURROUND ON/OFF and DSP
MODE buttons do not work.

2. Select the analog discrete output mode on the

DVD player, and start playing a DVD.

• Refer to the manual supplied with the DVD player.

If you need to make any adjustment, go to the following
steps.

3. Adjust the speaker output levels.

1) Press ADJUST repeatedly until one of
the following indications appears on
the display.

“CENTER LEVEL”:

To adjust the center speaker level.

“REAR L LEVEL”:

To adjust the left rear speaker level.

“REAR R LEVEL”:

To adjust the right rear speaker level.

2) Press CONTROL UP 5/DOWN ∞ to
adjust the selected speaker output level
(from +10 dB to –10 dB).

3) Repeat 1) and 2) to adjust the other
speaker output levels.

ADJUST SETTING

CONTROL

DOWN UP

From the remote control:

1. Press DVD MULTI so that “DVD

DVD MUIL TI

MULTI” appears on the display.

Note:

When you select “DVD MULTI” as the source to play, the DSP
mode is canceled, and the SURROUND ON/OFF and DSP
MODE buttons do not work.

2. Select the analog discrete output mode on the
DVD player, and start playing a DVD.

• Refer to the manual supplied with the DVD player.

If you need to make any adjustment, go to the following
steps.

3. Press SOUND.

SOUND

The 10 keys are activated for adjusting the sound.

4. Adjust the speaker output levels.

• To adjust the center speaker level, press CENTER +/– (from

+10 dB to –10 dB).

• To adjust the left rear speaker level, press REAR•L +/– (from

+10 dB to –10 dB).

• To adjust the right rear speaker level, press REAR•R +/– (from

+10 dB to –10 dB).

– REAR • L +

56

ENTER

ENTER

– REAR • R +

89

30

COMPU LINK Remote Control System

The COMPU LINK remote control system allows you to operate JVC audio components through the remote sensor on
the receiver.

To use this remote control system, you need to connect JVC audio
components through the COMPU LINK (SYNCHRO) jacks (see
below) in addition to the connections using cables with RCA pin
plugs (see pages 5 and 6).

• Make sure that the AC power cords of these components are
unplugged before connection. Plug the AC power cords only after
all connections are complete.

CD player

Cassette deck

or

CD recorder

COMPU LINK-4

(SYNCHRO)

Turntable

Notes:

• There are four versions of COMPU LINK remote control system.

This receiver is equipped with the fourth version — COMPU LINK-

4. This version is added systematic operations with the CD recorder
to the previous version — COMPU LINK-3.

• If your audio component has two COMPU LINK jacks, you can use

either one. If it has only one COMPU LINK jack, connect it so that it
is the last item in the series of components. (For example, the
turntable or CD player in the diagram above.)

• To operate the cassette deck or CD recorder using the COMPU

LINK remote control system, set the source name correctly. (See
page 13.)

• Refer also to the manuals supplied with your audio components.

Automatic Power On/Off (Standby): only possible
with the COMPU LINK-3 and COMPU LINK--4
connection

The connected components turn on and off (standby) along with the
receiver.
When you turn on the receiver, one of the connected component will
turn on automatically, depending on which component has been
previously selected.
When you turn off the receiver, the connected components will turn
off (standby).

Synchronized Recording

Synchronized recording means the cassette deck starts recording as
soon as a CD or a record begins playing.

To use synchronized recording, follow these steps:

1. Put a tape in the cassette deck, and a disc in the
CD player (or a record on the turntable).

2. Press the record (¶) button and the pause (8)
button on the cassette deck at the same time.

This puts the cassette deck into recording pause.
If you do not press the record (¶) button and pause (8) button at
the same time, the synchronized recording feature will not
operate.

3. Press the play (3) button on the CD player or on
the turntable.

The source changes on the receiver, and as soon as play starts,
the cassette deck starts recording. When the play ends, the
cassette deck enters recording pause, and stops about 4 seconds
later.

Notes:

• During synchronized recording, the selected source cannot be

changed.

• If the power of any component is shut off during synchronized

recording, the COMPU LINK remote control system may not
operate properly. In this case, you must start again from the
beginning.

This remote control system allows you to use four functions listed
below.

Remote Control through the Remote Sensor on the
Receiver

You can control the connected audio components through the remote
sensor on the receiver using this remote control. Aim the remote
control directly at the remote sensor on the receiver. For details, see
pages 32 and 33.

Automatic Source Selection

When you press the play (
on its own remote control, the receiver automatically turns on and
changes the source to the component. On the other hand, if you
select a new source on the receiver or on the remote control, the
selected component begins playing immediately.
In both cases, the previously selected source continues playing
without sound for a few seconds.

33

3) button on a connected component or

33

31

Operating JVC’s Audio/Video Components

You can operate JVC’s audio and video components with this receiver’s remote control, since control signals for JVC
components are preset in the remote control.

Operating Audio Components

IMPORTANT:

To operate JVC’s audio components using this remote control:

• You need to connect JVC audio components through the COMPU
LINK (SYNCHRO) jacks (see page 31) in addition to the
connections using cables with RCA pin plugs (see pages 5 and 6).

• Aim the remote control directly at the remote sensor on the
receiver.

• If you use the buttons on the front panel, the remote control will
not operate that source. To operate a source with the remote
control, the source must be selected using source selecting buttons
on the remote control.

• To operate the cassette deck or CD recorder using the COMPU
LINK remote control system, set the source name correctly. (See
page 13.)

• Refer also to the manuals supplied with your components.

CATV/DBS VCR TV AUDIO

DVD MUILTIDVD

CD

FM/AM

TAPE/CDR

TV/DBS VCR PHONO

BASS

−−++

SURROUND

BASS BOOST EFFECT

SOUND

MUTING

CATV/DBS

CONTROL

CONTROL

TV/VIDEO

+

TUNING

−

REC

PAUSE

TREBLE

DSP

ANALOG/DIGITAL

MODE INPUTON/OFF

– CENTER +

231

– REAR • L +

TEST

564

– REAR • R +

897/P

– SUB WOOFER +

0

RETURN FM MODE 100

+−+−+

CH TV VOL

PLAY

/REW FF/

PAUSE

PTY SEARCH

PTY–

STOP

DISPLAY

RM-SRX7010R

A/V CONTROL RECEIVER

MENU

ENTER

SLEEP

+1010

VOLUME

PTY+

CONTROL

+

−

Tuner

You can always perform the following operations:
FM/AM: Alternates between FM and AM (MW/LW).

After pressing FM/AM, you can perform the following operations:
1 – 10, +10: Selects a preset channel number directly.

For channel number 5, press 5.
For channel number 15, press +10, then 5.
For channel number 20, press +10, then 10.

TUNING +/–: Tunes into stations.
FM MODE: Changes the FM reception mode.
PTY SEARCH: Searches for a program by PTY codes.
PTY +/–: Selects the PTY codes.
DISPLAY: Shows the RDS signals.

Sound control section (Amplifier)

You can always perform the following operations:
SURROUND ON/OFF: Turns on or off the Surround modes –

Dolby Pro Logic, Dolby Digital, and
DTS Digital Surround.

DSP MODE: Selects the DSP modes.

After pressing SOUND, you can perform the following operations:

SUBWOOFER +/–: Adjusts the subwoofer output level.
CENTER +/–: Adjusts the center speaker output level.
REAR•L +/–: Adjusts the left rear speaker output level.
REAR•R +/–: Adjusts the right rear speaker output level.
EFFECT: Selects the effect lev el.
TEST: Turns on or off the test tone output.

Note:

After adjusting sounds, press the corresponding source selecting
button to operate your target source by using the 10 keys; otherwise,
the 10 keys cannot be used for operating your target source.

CD player

After pressing CD, you can perform the following operations on the
CD player:

* When you press one of the following buttons, the remote

control operation mode appears on the display window for
about 10 seconds.

Ex.: When you
press CD button

Buttons on the Remote Control Remote Control Operation Mode

FM/AM TUNER

CD CD

PHONO PHONO

T APE/CDR TAPE

DVD DVD

DVD MUL TI DVD

TV/DBS TV

CATV/DBS CONTROL DBS

or CDDSC

VCR VCR

CONTROL

Current setting or VCR or TAPE

SOUND SOUND

PLAY3: Starts playing.

44

4: Returns to the beginning of the current (or

44

previous) track.

¢¢

¢: Skips to the beginning of the next track.

¢¢

STOP7: Stops playing.
PAUSE8: Pauses playing. To release it, press PLAY3.
1 – 10, +10: Selects a track number directly.

For track number 5, press 5.
For track number 15, press +10, then 5.
For track number 20, press +10, then 10.
For track number 30, press +10, +10, then 10.

32

CD changer

After pressing CONTROL repeatedly until “CDDSC” appears on
the display window, you can perform the following operations on
the CD changer:

PLAY3: Starts playing.

44

4: Returns to the beginning of the current (or previous)

44

track.

¢¢

¢: Skips to the beginning of the next track.

¢¢

STOP7: Stops playing.
PAUSE8: Pauses playing. To release it, press PLAY3.
1 – 6, 7/P: Selects the number of a disc installed in a CD

changer.

After pressing CD, you can perform the following operations on the
CD changer:

1 – 10, +10: Selects a track number directly.

For track number 5, press 5.
For track number 15, press +10, then 5.
For track number 20, press +10, then 10.
For track number 30, press +10, +10, then 10.

EXAMPLE:

• Selecting disc number 4, track number 12, and starting playback.

1. Press CONTROL repeatedly until “CDDSC” appears on the
display window, then press 4.

2. Press CD, then press +10, 2.

Turntable

After pressing PHONO, you can perform the following operations
on a turntable:

PLAY3: Starts playing.
STOP7: Stops operations.

Cassette deck

After pressing TAPE/CDR (or CONTROL repeatedly until “TAPE”
appears on the display window), you can perform the following
operations on a cassette deck:

PLAY3: Starts playing.
REW: Fast winds the tape from right to left.
FF: Fast winds the tape from left to right.
STOP7: Stops operations.
PAUSE8: Pauses playing. To release it, press PLAY3.
REC PAUSE: Starts recording or enters recording pause.

CD recorder

After pressing TAPE/CDR (or CONTROL repeatedly until “TAPE”
appears on the display window), you can perform the following
operations on the CD recorder:

PLAY3: Starts playing.

44

4: Returns to the beginning of the current (or previous)

44

track.

¢¢

¢: Skips to the beginning of the next track.

¢¢

STOP7: Stops playing.
PAUSE8: Pauses playing. To release it, press PLAY3.
REC PAUSE: Starts recording or enters recording pause.

Note:

You can use either TAPE/CDR button or CONTROL button to activate
the buttons listed above. If you press TAPE/CDR, the playing source
also changes. On the other hand, if you press CONTROL repeatedly
to select “TAPE,” the playing source does not change.

33

Operating Video Components

IMPORTANT:

To operate JVC’s video components using this remote control:

• Some JVC VCRs can accept two types of the control signals —
remote code “A” and “B.” Before using this remote control, make
sure that the remote control code of the VCR connected to the
VCR jacks is set to code “A.”

• When using the remote control:
– For the DVD player, TV, and VCR operations, aim the remote

control directly at the remote sensor on each component, not on
the receiver.

CATV/DBS VCR TV AUDIO

DVD MUIL TIDV D

CD

FM/AM

TV/DBS VCR PHONO

BASS

−−++

SURROUND

BASS BOOST EFFECT

SOUND

MUTING

CATV/DBS
CONTROL

CONTROL

TV/VIDEO

+

TUNING

−

REC

PA USE

TAPE/CDR

TREBLE

DSP

ANALOG/DIGITAL

– CENTER +

231

– REAR • L +

564

ENTER

– REAR • R +

897/P

– SUB WOOFER +

0

PLAY

PA USE

PTY SEARCH

STOP

DISPLAY

SLEEP

MENU

VOLUME

CONTROL

MODE INPUTON/OFF

TEST

RETURN FM MODE 100

+−+−+

CH TV VOL

/REW FF/

PTY–

+1010

−

PTY+

+

VCR

You can always perform the following operations:

VCR

: Turns on or off the VCR.

After pressing VCR (or CONTROL repeatedly until “VCR” appears
on the display window), you can perform the following operations
on the VCR:

1 – 9, 0: Selects the TV channels on VCR.
PLAY3: Starts playing.
REW: Rewinds a tape.
FF: Fast winds a tape.
STOP7: Stops operations.
PAUSE8: Pauses playing. To release it, press PLAY3.
REC PAUSE: Starts recording or enters recording pause.
CH +/–: Changes the TV channels on the VCR.

Note:

You can use either VCR button or CONTROL button to activate the
buttons listed above. If you press VCR, the playing source also
changes. On the other hand, if you press CONTROL repeatedly to
select “VCR,” the playing source does not change.

DVD player

After pressing DVD or DVD MULTI, you can perform the following
operations on a DVD player:

PLAY3: Starts playing.

44

4: Returns to the beginning of the current (or previous)

44

track.

¢¢

¢: Skips to the beginning of the next track.

¢¢

STOP7: Stops playing.
PAUSE8: Stops playing temporarily. To release it, press

PLAY3.

After pressing DVD or DVD
MULTI, these buttons can be used
for the DVD menu operations.

Note:

For detailed menu operations, refer to the
instructions supplied with the discs or the
DVD player.

TEST

– CENTER +

23

MENU

– REAR • L +

564

ENTER

– REAR • R +

89

RM-SRX7010R

A/V CONTROL RECEIVER

TV

You can always perform the following operations:

TV

: Turns on or off the TV.

TV VOL +/–: Adjusts the volume.
TV/VIDEO: Sets the input mode (either TV or VIDEO).

After pressing TV/DBS, you can perform the following operations
on a TV:

CH +/–: Changes the channels.
1 – 9, 0, 100+: Selects the channels.
RETURN: Alternates between the previously selected channel

and the current channel.

34

Operating Other Manufacturers’ Video Equipment

This remote control supplied with the receiver can transmit control
signals for other manufacturers’ VCRs, TVs, CATV converters,
DBS tuners, and DVD players. By changing the transmittable
signals from preset ones to the other manufacturers’, you can
operate the other manufacturer’s components using this remote
control.

When operating the other manufacturers’ components, refer also to
the manuals supplied with them. To operate these components with
the remote control, first you need to set the manufacturer’s code
each for VCR, TV, CATV converters, DBS tuner, and DVD player.

When replacing batteries of the remote control, set the
manufactures’ codes again.

CATV/DBS VCR TV AUDIO

DVD MUIL TIDV D

CD

FM/AM

TV/DBS VCR PHONO

BASS

−−++

SURROUND

BASS BOOST EFFECT

SOUND

MUTING

CATV/DBS
CONTROL

CONTROL

TV/VIDEO

+

TUNING

−

REC

PA USE

TAPE/CDR

TREBLE

DSP

ANALOG/DIGITAL

MODE INPUTON/OFF

– CENTER +

231

– REAR • L +

TEST

564

ENTER

– REAR • R +

897/P

– SUB WOOFER +

0

RETURN FM MODE 100

+−+−+

CH TV VOL

PLAY

/REW FF/

PA USE

PTY SEARCH

PTY–

STOP

DISPLAY

RM-SRX7010R

A/V CONTROL RECEIVER

MENU

SLEEP

+1010

VOLUME

−

PTY+

CONTROL

+

Manufacturers’ codes are subject to change without notice.
If they are changed, this remote control cannot operate the
equipment.

To change the transmittable signals for
operating another manufacturer’s TV

1. Press and hold TV .

2. Press TV/DBS.

3. Enter manufacturer’s code using buttons 1–9,
and 0.

See the list below to find the code.

4. Release TV .

The following buttons can be used for operating the TV:

: Turns on and off the TV.

TV
TV VOL +/–: Adjusts the volume.
TV/VIDEO: Sets the input mode (either TV

or VIDEO).

After pressing TV/DBS, you can perform the following
operations on a TV:

CH +/–: Changes the channels.
1 – 10, 0, 100+ (+10): Selects the channels.

The 10 button will function as the
ENTER button if your TV requires
pressing ENTER after selecting a
channel number.

Note:

Refer to the manual supplied with your TV.

5. Try to operate your TV by pressing TV .

When your TV turns on or off, you have entered the correct
code.

If there are more than one code listed for your brand of TV,

try each one until the correct one is entered.

Manufacturer Codes

JVC 00, 02, 13, 14, 47, 74
AKAI 01, 02
BLAUPUNKT 03, 04
FISHER 01, 05
GRUNDIG 03, 06, 07
HITACHI 08, 09, 10, 49
IRADDIO 02
ITT/NOKIA 11, 12
LOEWE 06, 15, 16
MAGNAVOX 08, 17, 49
METS 50, 51, 52, 53
MITSUBISHI 08, 18, 19, 20
MIVAR 21
NORDMENDE 22, 23
OKANO 15
PANASONIC 24, 25, 26, 27, 76
PHILIPS 15, 17, 28, 75
QUELLE 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58,

59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65,

66, 67
RCA/PROSCAN 08, 24, 29, 30, 31, 48
SABA 32, 33, 68, 69, 70
SAMSUNG 06, 08, 16, 34, 35, 49
SANYO 01, 05
SCHNEIDER 02, 15, 36
SHARP 37, 38, 77
SONY 39
TELEFUNKEN 40, 41, 42, 69
THOMSON 71, 72
TOSHIBA 37, 43, 44
ZENITH 45, 46

35

To change the transmittable signals for
operating a CATV converter or DBS tuner

1. Press and hold CATV/DBS .

2. Press CATV/DBS CONTROL.

3. Enter manufacturer’s code using buttons 1–9,
and 0.

See the list to the right to find the code.

4. Release CATV/DBS .

The following buttons can be used for operating the CATV
converter or DBS tuner:

For CATV converter

Manufacturer Codes

GENERAL INSTRUMENT 06, 07, 08, 09, 10,

11, 12, 13, 14, 29
HAMLIN/REGAL 01, 02, 03, 04, 05
JERROLD 06, 07, 08, 09, 10,

11, 12, 13, 14
OAK 15, 16, 17
PANASONIC 18, 19, 20
PIONEER 21, 22
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA 23, 24, 25
TOCOM 26
ZENITH 27, 28

CATV/DBS
CH +/–: Changes the channels.

1 – 10, 0, 100+ (+10): Selects the channels.

Note:

Refer to the manual supplied with your CATV converter or DBS
tuner.

: Turns on and off the CATV converter

or DBS tuner.

The 10 button will function as the
ENTER button if your equipment
requires pressing ENTER after
selecting a channel number.

5. Try to operate your CATV converter or DBS
tuner by pressing CATV/DBS

When your CATV converter or DBS tuner turns on or off, you
have entered the correct code.

If there are more than one code listed for your brand of
CATV converter or DBS tuner , try each one until the correct

one is entered.

Note:

You cannot use both the CATV converter and DBS tuner at the same
time.

.

Manufacturers’ codes are subject to change without
notice. If they are changed, this remote control cannot
operate the equipment.

For DBS tuner

Manufacturer Codes

JVC 56, 57, 67
AMSTRAD 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49
BLAUPUNKT 30
ECHOSTAR 50, 51, 67
GOLDSTAR 31
GRUNDIG 32, 33
HIRSHMANN 48, 52, 53, 54, 55
INSTRUMENT 68
ITT/NOKIA 34
KATHREIN 52, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63
NEC 35, 36
ORBITECH 48
PHILIPS 37, 38
RCA 65
SAMSUNG 39, 40
SCHWAIGER 61, 64
SIEMENS 41, 42
SONY 66
TECHNISAT 48

Manufacturers’ codes are subject to change without
notice. If they are changed, this remote control cannot
operate the equipment.

36

To change the transmittable signals for
operating another manufacturer’s VCR

1. Press and hold VCR .

2. Press VCR.

3. Enter manufacturer’s code using buttons 1–9,
and 0.

See the list to the right to find the code.

4. Release VCR .

The following button can be used for operating the VCR:

VCR

After pressing VCR, you can perform the following operations
on the VCR:

CH +/–: Changes the TV channels on the VCR.
1 – 10, 0, 100+ (+10): Selects the TV channels.

PLAY3: Starts playback.
REW: Rewinds a video tape.
FF: Fast winds a video tape.
STOP7: Stops operation.
PAUSE8: Pauses.
REC PAUSE: Starts recording or enters recording pause.

Note:

Refer to the manual supplied with your VCR.

: Turns on and off the VCR.

The 10 button will function as the
ENTER button if your VCR requires
pressing ENTER after selecting a
channel number.

5. Try to operate your VCR by pressing VCR .

When your VCR turns on or off, you have entered the correct
code.

If there are more than one code listed for your brand of
VCR, try each one until the correct one is entered.

Manufacturer Codes

JVC 00, 26, 27, 28, 29, 58
AIWA 01, 02
BELL & HOWELL 03
BLAUPUNKT 04, 05
CGM 06, 07
EMERSON 08, 10, 11, 12, 64, 65
FISHER 03, 14, 15, 16, 17
FUNAI 01
GE 18, 19, 20
GOLDSTAR 07
GOODMANS 13, 21
GRUNDIG 06, 22
HITACHI 18, 23, 24, 25, 66
LOEWE 07, 21
MAGNAVOX 04, 19, 24
MITSUBISHI 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35
NEC 26, 27
NOKIA 03, 36
NORDMENDE 38
ORION 09
PANASONIC 19, 24, 39, 40
PHILIPS 04, 19, 21, 24, 41, 42
PHONOLA 21
RCA/PROSCAN 04, 18, 19, 23, 24, 43, 44,

45
SABA 38, 46
SAMSUNG 45, 47, 59, 61, 62, 63
SANYO 03, 48, 49
SHARP 37, 50
SIEMENS 03, 51
SONY 52, 53, 54
TELEFUNKEN 55, 60
TOSHIBA 43, 44
ZENITH 56, 57

Manufacturers’ codes are subject to change without
notice. If they are changed, this remote control cannot
operate the equipment.

37

To change the transmittable signals for
operating another manufacturer’s DVD player

1. Press and hold AUDIO .

2. Press DVD .

3. Enter manufacturer’s code using buttons 1–9,
and 0.

See the list to the right to find the code.

4. Release AUDIO .

After pressing DVD or DVD MULTI, you can perform the
following operations on a DVD player:

PLAY3: Starts playing.
4: Returns to the beginning of the current (or

previous) tracks.

¢: Skips to the beginning of the next track.
STOP7: Stops playing.
PAUSE8: Stops playing temporarily. To release it, press

PLAY3.

Manufacturer Codes

JVC 00, 02
DENON 01
PANASONIC 03
PHILIPS 13
PIONEER 04, 05, 06
RCA 07
SAMSUNG 08
SONY 09
TOSHIBA 10
YAMAHA 11, 12

Manufacturers’ codes are subject to change without
notice. If they are changed, this remote control cannot
operate the equipment.

After pressing DVD or DVD
MULTI, these buttons can be used
for the DVD menu operations.

Note:

For detailed menu operations, refer to the
instructions supplied with the discs or the
DVD player.

TEST

– CENTER +

23

MENU

– REAR • L +

564

ENTER

– REAR • R +

89

Note:

Refer to the manual supplied with your DVD player.

5. Try to operate your DVD player by pressing one
of the above buttons.

• DO NOT forget to turn on the DVD player before pressing one

of the above buttons.

If there are more than one code listed for your brand of DVD
player, try each one until the correct one is entered.

38

Troubleshooting

Use this chart to help you solve daily operational problems. If there is any problem you cannot solve, contact your JVC
service center.

PROBLEM

The display does not light up.
No sound from speakers.

Sound from one speaker only.

Continuous hiss or buzzing during FM
reception.

POSSIBLE CAUSE

The power cord is not plugged in.
Speaker signal cables are not connected.

The SPEAKERS ON/OFF 1 and 2 buttons
are not set correctly.

An incorrect source is selected.
Muting is activated.
An incorrect input mode (analog or

digital) is selected.
Connections are incorrect.

Speaker signal cables are not connected
properly.

The balance is set to one extreme.
Incoming signal is too weak.

The station is too far away.
An incorrect antenna is used.

SOLUTION

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet.
Check speaker wiring and reconnect if

necessary.
Press SPEAKERS ON/OFF 1 and 2 correctly.

Select the correct source.
Press MUTING to cancel the mute.
Select the correct input mode (analog or

digital).
Check connections.

For analog connections, see page 5.
For digital connections, see page 8.

Check speaker wiring and reconnect if
necessary.

Adjust the balance properly (see page 13).
Connect an outdoor FM antenna or contact

your dealer.
Select a new station.
Check with your dealer to be sure you have

the correct antenna.

Occasional cracking noise during FM
reception.

Howling during record playing.
Noise is heard.

“OVERLOAD” starts flashing on the
display.

“DSP MICON NG” starts flashing on the
display.

The STANDBY lamp lights up after
turning on the power, but soon the
receiver turns off (into standby mode).

Remote control does not work.

Antennas are not connected properly.
Ignition noise from automobiles.

Your turntable is too close to speakers.
An earth (H) cable is not connected to the

AM (H) terminal on the rear panel.
Speakers are overloaded because of high

volume.

Speakers are overloaded because of short
circuit of speaker terminals.

The built-in microcomputer is not
functioning correctly.

The receiver is overloaded because of a
high voltage.

There is an obstruction in front of the
remote sensor on the receiver.

Check connections.
Move the antenna farther from automobile

traffic.
Move speakers away from the turntable.

Connect the cable to the AM (H) terminal on
the rear panel.

1. Press STANDBY/ON
panel to turn off the receiver.

2. Stop the playback source.

3. Turn on the receiver again, and adjust the
volume.

Press STANDBY/ON
then check the speaker wiring.
If “OVERLOAD” does not disappear, unplug
the AC power cord, then plug it back again.
If speaker wiring is not short-circuited, contact
your dealer.

Press STANDBY/ON
to turn off the receiver. After unplugging the
power cord, consult your dealer.

Press STANDBY/ON
to turn off the receiver. After unplugging the
power cord, consult your dealer.

Remove the obstruction.

on the front

on the front panel,

on the front panel

on the front panel

Remote control does not operate
intendedly.

Batteries are weak.
An incorrect remote control operation

mode is selected.

Replace batteries.
Select the correct remote control operation

mode. (See page 32).

Note:

When you use the digital coaxial connection, the sounds may be intermitted by the outside noise such as a lightning discharge but they will
restore automatically. This is not a malfunction.

39

Specifications

Amplifier

Output Power

At Stereo operation:

Front channels:100 W per channel, min. RMS, both channels

driven into 8 Ω at 1 kHz with no more than 0.9%
total harmonic distortion. (IEC268-3/DIN)

At Surround operation:

Front channels: 100 W per channel, min. RMS, driven into 8 Ω

at 1 kHz with no more than 0.8% total harmonic
distortion.

Center channel:100 W, min. RMS, driven into 8 Ω at 1 kHz,

with no more than 0.8% total harmonic
distortion.

Rear channels: 100 W per channel, min. RMS, driven into 8 Ω

at 1 kHz, with no more than 0.8% total
harmonic distortion.

Audio

Audio Input Sensitivity/Impedance (1 kHz):

PHONO (MM): 2.7 mV/47 kΩ
CD, TAPE/CDR, TV SOUND/DBS, VCR, DVD:

220 mV/47 kΩ

Audio Input (DIGITAL IN)* :

Coaxial: DIGITAL 1 (DVD): 0.5 V(p-p)/75 Ω
Optical: DIGITAL 2 (CD), DIGITAL 3 (TV), DIGITAL 4 (CDR):

–21 dBm to –15 dBm (660 nm ±30 nm)
*Corresponding to Linear PCM, Dolby

Digital, and DTS Digital Surround (with sampling
frequency — 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz).

Audio Output Level:

TAPE/CDR, VCR: 220 mV

Digital output:

Optical: DIGITAL OUTPUT

Signal wave length: 660 nm
Output level: –21 dBm to –15 dBm

Signal-to-Noise Ratio (’66 IHF/DIN):

PHONO (MM): 70 dB/66 dB (at REC OUT)
CD, TAPE/CDR, TV SOUND/DBS, VCR, DVD:

87 dB/67 dB

Frequency Response (8 Ω):

PHONO: 20 Hz to 20 kHz (±1 dB)
CD, TAPE/CDR, TV SOUND/DBS, VCR, DVD:

20 Hz to 20 kHz (±1 dB)
RIAA Phono Equalization: ±10 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHz)
Bass boost: +3 dB ±1.0 dB at 100 Hz
Tone Control:

Bass (100 Hz): ±10 dB
Treble (10 kHz): ±10 dB

Video

Video Input Sensitivity/Impedance:

Composite video: DBS, VCR, DVD: 1 V(p-p)/75 Ω
S-video: DBS, VCR, DVD: (Y: luminance): 1 V(p-p)/75 Ω

(C: chrominance, burst): 0.286 V(p-p)/75 Ω

Video Output Level:

Composite video: VCR, MONITOR OUT:

1 V(p-p)/75 Ω

S-video: VCR, MONITOR OUT:

(Y: luminance): 1 V(p-p)/75 Ω
(C: chrominance, burst): 0.286 V(p-p)/75 Ω

Synchronization: Negative
Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 45 dB

FM tuner (IHF)

Tuning Range: 87.50 MHz to 108.00 MHz
Usable Sensitivity: Monaural: 17.0 dBf (1.95 µV/75 Ω)
50 dB Quieting Sensitivity:

Monaural: 21.3 dBf (3.2 µV/75 Ω)
Stereo: 41.3 dBf (31.5 µV/75 Ω)

Signal-to-Noise Ratio (IHF-A weighted):

Monaural: 78 dB at 85 dBf
Stereo: 73 dB at 85 dBf

Total Harmonic Distortion:

Monaural: 0.4% at 1 kHz

Stereo: 0.6% at 1 kHz
Stereo Separation at REC OUT: 35 dB at 1 kHz
Alternate Channel Selectivity: 60 dB: (±400 kHz)
Frequency Response: 30 Hz to 15 kHz: (+0.5 dB, –3 dB)

AM (MW/LW) tuner

Tuning Range: MW: 522 kHz to 1 629 kHz

LW: 144 kHz to 288 kHz
Usable Sensitivity: Loop antenna: 400 µV/m (MW)
Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 50 dB (100 mV/m)

General

Power Requirements: AC 230V , 50 Hz
Power Consumption: 200 W (at operation)

2 W (in standby mode)

Dimensions (W x H x D): 435 mm x 146.5 mm x 425.5 mm

Mass: 8.6 kg (19.0 lbs)

3

/16 in. x 5 13/16 in. x 16 13/16 in.)

(17

Designs & specifications are subject to change without notice.

40

VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED

EN

0301NHMMDWJEIN

JVC